SemaDecl.cpp revision 80a8689b274f758d9d7fb04c5cad81a582525497
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 31#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 64 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 65 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 66 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 67 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 68 } 69 70 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 71 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 72 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 73 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 74 else 75 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 76 } 77 78 private: 79 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 80 bool WantClassName; 81}; 82 83} 84 85/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 86bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 87 switch (Kind) { 88 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 89 // token kind is a valid type specifier 90 case tok::kw_short: 91 case tok::kw_long: 92 case tok::kw___int64: 93 case tok::kw___int128: 94 case tok::kw_signed: 95 case tok::kw_unsigned: 96 case tok::kw_void: 97 case tok::kw_char: 98 case tok::kw_int: 99 case tok::kw_half: 100 case tok::kw_float: 101 case tok::kw_double: 102 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 103 case tok::kw_bool: 104 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 105 return true; 106 107 case tok::annot_typename: 108 case tok::kw_char16_t: 109 case tok::kw_char32_t: 110 case tok::kw_typeof: 111 case tok::kw_decltype: 112 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 113 114 default: 115 break; 116 } 117 118 return false; 119} 120 121/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 122/// return the declaration of that type. 123/// 124/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 125/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 126/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 127/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 128/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 129/// 130/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 131/// and then return NULL. 132ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 133 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 134 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 135 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 136 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 137 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 138 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 139 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 140 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 141 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 142 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 143 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 144 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 145 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 146 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 147 148 if (!LookupCtx) { 149 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 150 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 151 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 152 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 153 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 154 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 155 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 156 // 157 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 158 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 159 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 162 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 163 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 164 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 165 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 166 167 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 168 QualType T = 169 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 170 II, NameLoc); 171 172 return ParsedType::make(T); 173 } 174 175 return ParsedType(); 176 } 177 178 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 179 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 184 // lookup for class-names. 185 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 186 LookupOrdinaryName; 187 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 188 if (LookupCtx) { 189 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 190 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 191 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 192 // nested-name-specifier. 193 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 194 195 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 196 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 197 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 198 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 199 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 200 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 201 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 202 LookupName(Result, S); 203 } 204 } else { 205 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 206 LookupName(Result, S); 207 } 208 209 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 210 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 211 case LookupResult::NotFound: 212 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 213 if (CorrectedII) { 214 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 215 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 216 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 217 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 218 TemplateTy Template; 219 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 220 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 221 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 222 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 223 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 224 if (SS && NNS) { 225 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 226 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 227 } 228 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 229 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 230 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 231 // is handled elsewhere). 232 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 233 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 234 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 235 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 236 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 237 IsCtorOrDtorName, 238 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 239 if (Ty) { 240 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 241 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 242 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 243 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 244 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 245 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 246 CorrectedStr); 247 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 248 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 249 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 250 251 if (SS && NNS) 252 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 253 *CorrectedII = NewII; 254 return Ty; 255 } 256 } 257 } 258 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 259 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 261 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 262 return ParsedType(); 263 264 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 265 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 266 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 267 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 268 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 269 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 270 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 271 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 272 return ParsedType(); 273 } 274 275 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 276 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 277 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 278 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 279 if (!IIDecl || 280 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 281 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 282 IIDecl = *Res; 283 } 284 } 285 286 if (!IIDecl) { 287 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 288 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 289 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 290 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 291 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 292 // a type name. 293 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 294 return ParsedType(); 295 } 296 297 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 298 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 299 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 300 // perform the name lookup again. 301 break; 302 303 case LookupResult::Found: 304 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 305 break; 306 } 307 308 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 309 310 QualType T; 311 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 312 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 313 314 if (T.isNull()) 315 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 316 317 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 318 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 319 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 320 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 321 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 322 // Construct a type with type-source information. 323 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 324 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 325 326 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 327 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 328 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 329 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 330 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 331 } else { 332 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 333 } 334 } 335 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 336 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 337 if (!HasTrailingDot) 338 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 339 } 340 341 if (T.isNull()) { 342 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 343 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 344 return ParsedType(); 345 } 346 return ParsedType::make(T); 347} 348 349/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 350/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 351/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 352/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 353/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 354DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 355 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 356 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 357 LookupName(R, S, false); 358 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 360 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 361 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 362 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 363 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 364 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 365 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 366 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 367 } 368 } 369 370 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 371} 372 373/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 374/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 375/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 376/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 377/// @code 378/// template<class T> class A { 379/// public: 380/// typedef int TYPE; 381/// }; 382/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 383/// public: 384/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 385/// }; 386/// @endcode 387bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 388 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 389 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 390 391 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 392 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 393 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 394 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 395 return true; 396 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 397 } 398 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 399} 400 401bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 402 SourceLocation IILoc, 403 Scope *S, 404 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 405 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 406 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 407 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 408 409 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 410 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 411 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 412 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 413 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 414 Validator)) { 415 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 416 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 417 418 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 419 // We corrected to a keyword. 420 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 421 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 422 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 423 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 424 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 425 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 426 II = NewII; 427 } else { 428 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 429 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 430 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 431 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 432 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 433 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 436 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 437 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 438 CorrectedStr); 439 else 440 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 441 442 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 443 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 444 445 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 446 false, false, ParsedType(), 447 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 448 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 449 } 450 return true; 451 } 452 453 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 454 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 455 UnqualifiedId Name; 456 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 457 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 458 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 459 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 460 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 461 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 462 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 463 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 464 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 465 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 466 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 467 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 468 } 469 return true; 470 } 471 } 472 473 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 474 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 475 476 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 477 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 478 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 479 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 480 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 481 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 482 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 483 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 484 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 485 486 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 487 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 488 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 489 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 490 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 491 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 492 } else { 493 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 494 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 495 } 496 497 return true; 498} 499 500/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 501/// or 502static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 503 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 504 NextToken.is(tok::less); 505 506 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 507 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 508 return true; 509 510 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 511 return true; 512 } 513 514 return false; 515} 516 517static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 518 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 519 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 520 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 521 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 522 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 523 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 524 const char *TagName = 0; 525 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 526 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 527 case TTK_Class: 528 TagName = "class"; 529 FixItTagName = "class "; 530 break; 531 532 case TTK_Enum: 533 TagName = "enum"; 534 FixItTagName = "enum "; 535 break; 536 537 case TTK_Struct: 538 TagName = "struct"; 539 FixItTagName = "struct "; 540 break; 541 542 case TTK_Interface: 543 TagName = "__interface"; 544 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 545 break; 546 547 case TTK_Union: 548 TagName = "union"; 549 FixItTagName = "union "; 550 break; 551 } 552 553 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 554 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 555 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 556 557 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 558 I != IEnd; ++I) 559 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 560 << Name << TagName; 561 562 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 563 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 564 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 565 return true; 566 } 567 568 return false; 569} 570 571/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 572static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 573 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 574 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 575 576 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 577 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 578 579 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 580 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 581 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 582 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 583 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 584} 585 586Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 587 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 588 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 589 SourceLocation NameLoc, 590 const Token &NextToken, 591 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 592 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 593 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 594 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 595 596 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 597 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 598 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 599 600 } 601 602 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 603 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 604 605 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 606 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 607 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 608 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 609 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 610 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 611 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 612 return E; 613 } 614 615 bool SecondTry = false; 616 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 617 618Corrected: 619 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 620 case LookupResult::NotFound: 621 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 622 // call. 623 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 624 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 625 // FIXME: Reference? 626 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 627 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 628 629 // C90 6.3.2.2: 630 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 631 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 632 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 633 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 634 // the function call, the declaration 635 // 636 // extern int identifier (); 637 // 638 // appeared. 639 // 640 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 641 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 642 Result.addDecl(D); 643 Result.resolveKind(); 644 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 645 } 646 } 647 648 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 649 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 650 // "struct", or "union". 651 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 652 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 653 break; 654 } 655 656 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 657 // close to this name. 658 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 659 SecondTry = true; 660 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 661 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 662 &SS, *CCC)) { 663 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 664 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 665 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 666 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 667 668 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 669 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 670 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 671 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 673 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 674 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 675 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 676 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 677 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 679 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 680 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 681 } 682 683 if (SS.isEmpty()) 684 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 685 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 686 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 687 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 688 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 689 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 690 << SS.getRange() 691 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 692 CorrectedStr); 693 694 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 695 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 696 697 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 698 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 699 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 700 701 // Also update the LookupResult... 702 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 703 Result.clear(); 704 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 705 if (FirstDecl) { 706 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 707 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 708 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 709 } 710 711 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 712 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 713 // reference the ivar. 714 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 715 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 716 Result.clear(); 717 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 718 return E; 719 } 720 721 goto Corrected; 722 } 723 } 724 725 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 726 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 727 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 728 729 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 730 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 731 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 732 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 733 734 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 735 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 736 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 737 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 738 // qualified by the keyword typename. 739 // 740 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 741 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 742 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 743 // keyword here. 744 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 745 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 746 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 747 } 748 749 case LookupResult::Found: 750 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 751 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 752 break; 753 754 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 756 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 757 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 758 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 759 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 760 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 761 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 762 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 763 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 764 // ambiguous. 765 // 766 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 767 // so try again after filtering out template names. 768 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 769 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 770 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 771 break; 772 } 773 } 774 775 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 776 return NameClassification::Error(); 777 } 778 779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 780 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 781 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 782 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 783 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 784 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 785 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 786 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 787 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 788 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 789 790 if (!Result.empty()) { 791 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 792 TemplateName Template; 793 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 794 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 795 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 796 Result.end()); 797 } else { 798 TemplateDecl *TD 799 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 800 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 801 802 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 803 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 804 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 805 TD); 806 else 807 Template = TemplateName(TD); 808 } 809 810 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 811 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 812 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 813 // to based on which function we selected. 814 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 815 816 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 817 } 818 819 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 820 } 821 } 822 823 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 824 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 825 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 826 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 827 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 828 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 829 return ParsedType::make(T); 830 } 831 832 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 833 if (!Class) { 834 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 835 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 836 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 837 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 838 } 839 840 if (Class) { 841 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 842 843 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 844 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 845 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 846 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 847 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 848 } 849 850 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 851 return ParsedType::make(T); 852 } 853 854 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 855 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 856 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 857 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 858 859 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 860 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 861 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 862 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 863 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 864 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 865 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 866 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 867 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 868 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 869 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 870 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 871 return ParsedType::make(T); 872 } 873 } 874 875 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 876 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 877 878 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 879 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 880} 881 882// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 883// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 884// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 885DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 886 887 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 888 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 889 // the context we'll need to return to. 890 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 891 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 892 893 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 894 // lexical context. 895 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 896 return DC; 897 898 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 899 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 900 // class is the context we need to return to. 901 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 902 DC = RD; 903 904 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 905 // declared in. 906 return DC; 907 } 908 909 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 910} 911 912void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 913 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 914 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 915 CurContext = DC; 916 S->setEntity(DC); 917} 918 919void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 920 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 921 922 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 923 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 924} 925 926/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 927/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 928/// 929void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 930 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 931 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 932 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 933 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 934 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 935 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 936 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 937 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 938 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 939 // namespace. 940 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 941 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 942 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 943 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 944 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 945 946 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 947 948#ifndef NDEBUG 949 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 950 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 951 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 952#endif 953 954 CurContext = DC; 955 S->setEntity(DC); 956} 957 958void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 959 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 960 961 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 962 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 963 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 964 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 965 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 966 967 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 968 // disappear. 969} 970 971 972void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 973 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 974 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 975 // We assume that the caller has already called 976 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 977 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 978 } 979 if (!FD) 980 return; 981 982 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 983 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 984 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 985 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 986 CurContext = FD; 987 S->setEntity(CurContext); 988 989 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 990 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 991 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 992 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 993 S->AddDecl(Param); 994 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 995 } 996 } 997} 998 999 1000void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1001 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1002 // rather than the top-level class. 1003 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1004 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1005 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1006} 1007 1008 1009/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1010/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1011/// 1012/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1013/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1014/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1015/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1016/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1017/// attribute. 1018static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1019 ASTContext &Context) { 1020 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1021 return true; 1022 1023 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1024 return true; 1025 1026 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1027 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1028} 1029 1030/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1031void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1032 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1033 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1034 // scope. 1035 while (S->getEntity() && 1036 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1037 S = S->getParent(); 1038 1039 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1040 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1041 // into any context. 1042 if (AddToContext) 1043 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1044 1045 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1046 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1047 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1048 D->isOutOfLine() && 1049 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1050 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1054 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1055 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1056 return; 1057 1058 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1059 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1060 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1061 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1062 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1063 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1064 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 1066 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1067 break; 1068 } 1069 } 1070 1071 S->AddDecl(D); 1072 1073 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1074 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1075 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1076 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1077 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1078 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1079 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1080 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1081 continue; 1082 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1083 break; 1084 } 1085 1086 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1087 } else { 1088 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090} 1091 1092void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1093 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1094 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1095} 1096 1097bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1098 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1099 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, 1100 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1101} 1102 1103Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1105 do { 1106 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1107 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1108 return S; 1109 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1110 1111 return 0; 1112} 1113 1114static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1115 DeclContext*, 1116 ASTContext&); 1117 1118/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1119/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1120void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1121 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1122 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1123 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1124 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1125 while (F.hasNext()) { 1126 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1127 1128 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1129 continue; 1130 1131 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1132 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1133 continue; 1134 1135 F.erase(); 1136 } 1137 1138 F.done(); 1139} 1140 1141static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1142 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1143 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1145} 1146 1147/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1148static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1149 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1150 while (F.hasNext()) 1151 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1152 F.erase(); 1153 1154 F.done(); 1155} 1156 1157/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1158/// @code 1159/// class S { 1160/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1161/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// }; 1163/// @endcode 1164static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1165 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1166 // the decl here. 1167 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1168 return false; 1169 1170 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1171 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1172 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1173 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1174 return false; 1175} 1176 1177// We need this to handle 1178// 1179// typedef struct { 1180// void *foo() { return 0; } 1181// } A; 1182// 1183// When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1184// for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1185// foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end 1186// of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage. 1187// Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1188// not. 1189bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1190 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1191 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1192 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1193 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1194 return true; 1195 } 1196 DC = DC->getParent(); 1197 } 1198 1199 return !D->hasExternalLinkage(); 1200} 1201 1202bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1203 assert(D); 1204 1205 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1206 return false; 1207 1208 // Ignore class templates. 1209 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1210 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1211 return false; 1212 1213 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1214 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1218 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1219 return false; 1220 } else { 1221 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1222 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1223 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1224 return false; 1225 } 1226 1227 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1228 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1229 return false; 1230 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1231 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1232 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1233 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1234 // intended to be used. 1235 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1236 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1237 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1238 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1239 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1240 return false; 1241 1242 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1243 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1244 return false; 1245 1246 } else { 1247 return false; 1248 } 1249 1250 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1251 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1252} 1253 1254void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1255 if (!D) 1256 return; 1257 1258 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1259 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1260 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1261 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1262 } 1263 1264 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1265 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1266 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1267 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1268 } 1269 1270 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1271 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1272} 1273 1274static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1275 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1276 return false; 1277 1278 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1279 return false; 1280 1281 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1282 return true; 1283 1284 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1285 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1286 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1287 return false; 1288 1289 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1290 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1291 1292 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1293 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1294 1295 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1296 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1297 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1298 return false; 1299 } 1300 1301 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1302 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1303 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1304 return false; 1305 1306 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1307 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1308 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1309 return false; 1310 1311 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1312 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1313 return false; 1314 1315 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1316 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1317 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1318 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1319 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1320 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1321 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1322 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1323 return false; 1324 } 1325 } 1326 } 1327 } 1328 1329 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1330 } 1331 1332 return true; 1333} 1334 1335static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1336 FixItHint &Hint) { 1337 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1338 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1339 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1340 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1341 return; 1342 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1343 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1344 } 1345 return; 1346} 1347 1348/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1349/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1350void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1351 FixItHint Hint; 1352 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1353 return; 1354 1355 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1356 1357 unsigned DiagID; 1358 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1359 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1360 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1361 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1362 else 1363 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1364 1365 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1366} 1367 1368static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1369 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1370 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1371 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1372 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1373 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1374} 1375 1376void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1377 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1378 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1379 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1380 1381 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1382 I != E; ++I) { 1383 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1384 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1385 1386 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1387 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1388 1389 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1390 1391 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1392 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1393 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1394 1395 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1396 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1397 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1398 1399 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1400 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1401 } 1402} 1403 1404void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1405 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1406} 1407 1408void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1409 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1410 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1411} 1412 1413/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1414/// 1415/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1416/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1417/// to the fixed name. 1418/// 1419/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1420/// 1421/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1422/// if there is no class with the given name. 1423/// 1424/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1425/// class could not be found. 1426ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1427 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1428 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1429 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1430 // creation from this context. 1431 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1432 1433 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1434 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1435 // find an Objective-C class name. 1436 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1437 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1438 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1439 Validator)) { 1440 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1441 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1442 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1443 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1444 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1445 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1446 1447 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1448 } 1449 } 1450 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1451 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1452 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1453 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1454 return Def; 1455} 1456 1457/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1458/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1459/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1460/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1461/// ill-formed in C++: 1462/// @code 1463/// struct S6 { 1464/// enum { BAR } e; 1465/// }; 1466/// 1467/// void test_S6() { 1468/// struct S6 a; 1469/// a.e = BAR; 1470/// } 1471/// @endcode 1472/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1473/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1474/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1475/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1476/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1477/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1478/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1479/// contain non-field names. 1480Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1481 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1482 (S->getEntity() && 1483 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1484 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1485 S = S->getParent(); 1486 return S; 1487} 1488 1489/// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1490/// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1491/// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1492/// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1493static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1494 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1495 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1496 return; 1497 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1498 1499 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1500 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1501 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1502 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1503 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1504 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1505} 1506 1507/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1508/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1509/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1510/// built-in. 1511NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1512 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1513 SourceLocation Loc) { 1514 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1515 1516 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1517 1518 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1519 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1520 switch (Error) { 1521 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1522 // Okay 1523 break; 1524 1525 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1526 if (ForRedeclaration) 1527 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1528 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1529 return 0; 1530 1531 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1532 if (ForRedeclaration) 1533 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1534 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1535 return 0; 1536 1537 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1538 if (ForRedeclaration) 1539 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1540 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1541 return 0; 1542 } 1543 1544 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1545 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1546 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1547 << R; 1548 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1549 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1550 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1551 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1552 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1553 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1554 } 1555 1556 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1557 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1558 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1559 SC_Extern, 1560 false, 1561 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1562 New->setImplicit(); 1563 1564 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1565 // FunctionDecl. 1566 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1567 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1568 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1569 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1570 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1571 SourceLocation(), 0, 1572 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1573 SC_None, 0); 1574 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1575 Params.push_back(parm); 1576 } 1577 New->setParams(Params); 1578 } 1579 1580 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1581 1582 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1583 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1584 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1585 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1586 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1587 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1588 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1589 CurContext = SavedContext; 1590 return New; 1591} 1592 1593/// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1594/// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1595/// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1596/// entity. 1597static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1598 NamedDecl *decl, 1599 LookupResult &previous){ 1600 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1601 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1602 return; 1603 1604 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1605 if (previous.empty()) 1606 return; 1607 1608 // If this declaration would have external linkage if it were the first 1609 // declaration of this name, then it may in fact be a redeclaration of 1610 // some hidden declaration, so include those too. We don't need to worry 1611 // about some previous visible declaration giving this declaration external 1612 // linkage, because in that case, we'll mark this declaration as a redecl 1613 // of the visible decl, and that decl will already be a redecl of the 1614 // hidden declaration if that's appropriate. 1615 // 1616 // Don't cache this linkage computation, because it's not yet correct: we 1617 // may later give this declaration a previous declaration which changes 1618 // its linkage. 1619 bool hasExternalLinkage = decl->hasExternalLinkageUncached(); 1620 1621 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1622 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1623 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1624 1625 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1626 if (!old->isHidden()) 1627 continue; 1628 1629 // If either has no-external linkage, ignore the old declaration. 1630 if (!hasExternalLinkage || old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 1631 filter.erase(); 1632 } 1633 1634 filter.done(); 1635} 1636 1637bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1638 QualType OldType; 1639 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1640 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1641 else 1642 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1643 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1644 1645 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1646 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1647 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1649 << Kind << NewType; 1650 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1651 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1652 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1653 return true; 1654 } 1655 1656 if (OldType != NewType && 1657 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1658 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1659 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1660 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1661 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1662 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1663 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1664 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1665 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1666 return true; 1667 } 1668 return false; 1669} 1670 1671/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1672/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1673/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1674/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1675/// 1676void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1677 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1678 // merging checks. 1679 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1680 1681 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1682 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1683 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1684 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1685 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1686 default: break; 1687 case 2: 1688 { 1689 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1690 break; 1691 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1692 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1693 break; 1694 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1695 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1696 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1697 break; 1698 } 1699 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1700 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1701 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1702 return; 1703 } 1704 case 5: 1705 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1706 break; 1707 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1708 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1709 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1710 return; 1711 case 3: 1712 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1713 break; 1714 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1715 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1716 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1717 return; 1718 } 1719 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1720 } 1721 1722 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1723 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1724 if (!Old) { 1725 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1726 << New->getDeclName(); 1727 1728 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1729 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1730 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1731 1732 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1733 } 1734 1735 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1736 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1737 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1738 1739 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1740 // with any extensions enabled. 1741 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1742 return; 1743 1744 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1745 // declaration was a typedef. 1746 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1747 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1748 1749 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1750 return; 1751 1752 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1753 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1754 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1755 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1756 // to the type to which it already refers. 1757 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1758 return; 1759 1760 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1761 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1762 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1763 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1764 // 1765 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1766 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1767 // 1768 // struct S { 1769 // typedef struct A { } A; 1770 // }; 1771 // 1772 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1773 // allow the above but disallow 1774 // 1775 // struct S { 1776 // typedef int I; 1777 // typedef int I; 1778 // }; 1779 // 1780 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1781 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1782 return; 1783 1784 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1785 << New->getDeclName(); 1786 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1787 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1788 } 1789 1790 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1791 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1792 return; 1793 1794 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1795 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1796 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1797 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1798 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1799 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1800 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1801 return; 1802 1803 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1804 << New->getDeclName(); 1805 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1806 return; 1807} 1808 1809/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1810/// attribute. 1811static bool 1812DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1813 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1814 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1815 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1816 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1817 if (AA) 1818 return false; 1819 1820 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1821 switch (A->getKind()) { 1822 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1823 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1824 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1825 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1826 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1827 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1828 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1829 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1830 case attr::GuardedBy: 1831 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1832 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1833 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1834 return false; 1835 default: 1836 ; 1837 } 1838 1839 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1840 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1841 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1842 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1843 if (Ann) { 1844 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1845 return true; 1846 continue; 1847 } 1848 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1849 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1850 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1851 return true; 1852 } 1853 1854 return false; 1855} 1856 1857static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1858 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1859 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1860 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1861 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1862 return true; 1863} 1864 1865/// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1866/// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1867/// 1868/// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1869static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1870 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1871 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1872 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1873 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1874 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1875 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1876 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1877 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1878 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1879 // in a case like: 1880 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1881 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1882 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1883 // definition in such a case. 1884 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1885 return false; 1886 1887 if (I->isAlignas()) 1888 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1889 1890 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1891 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1892 OldAlign = Align; 1893 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1894 } 1895 } 1896 1897 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1898 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1899 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1900 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1901 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1902 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1903 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1904 return false; 1905 1906 if (I->isAlignas()) 1907 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1908 1909 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1910 if (Align > NewAlign) 1911 NewAlign = Align; 1912 } 1913 1914 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1915 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1916 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1917 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1918 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1919 1920 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1921 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1922 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1923 QualType Ty; 1924 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1925 Ty = VD->getType(); 1926 else 1927 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1928 1929 if (OldAlign == 0) 1930 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1931 if (NewAlign == 0) 1932 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1933 } 1934 1935 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1936 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1937 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1938 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1939 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1940 } 1941 } 1942 1943 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1944 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1945 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1946 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1947 // equivalent alignment. 1948 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1949 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1950 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1951 // have no alignment specifier. 1952 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1953 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1954 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1955 << OldAlignasAttr->isC11(); 1956 } 1957 1958 bool AnyAdded = false; 1959 1960 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1961 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1962 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1963 Clone->setInherited(true); 1964 New->addAttr(Clone); 1965 AnyAdded = true; 1966 } 1967 1968 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1969 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1970 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1971 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1972 Clone->setInherited(true); 1973 New->addAttr(Clone); 1974 AnyAdded = true; 1975 } 1976 1977 return AnyAdded; 1978} 1979 1980static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1981 bool Override) { 1982 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1983 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1984 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1985 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1986 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1987 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1988 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1989 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1990 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1991 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1992 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1993 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1994 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1995 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1996 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1997 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1998 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1999 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2000 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2001 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2002 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2003 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2004 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2005 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2006 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2007 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2008 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2009 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2010 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2011 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2012 NewAttr = 0; 2013 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2014 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2015 2016 if (NewAttr) { 2017 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2018 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2019 return true; 2020 } 2021 2022 return false; 2023} 2024 2025static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2026 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2027 return TD->getDefinition(); 2028 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2029 return VD->getDefinition(); 2030 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2031 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2032 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 2033 return Def; 2034 } 2035 return NULL; 2036} 2037 2038static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2039 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2040 I != E; ++I) { 2041 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2042 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2043 return true; 2044 } 2045 return false; 2046} 2047 2048/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2049/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2050static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2051 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2052 return; 2053 2054 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2055 if (!Def || Def == New) 2056 return; 2057 2058 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2059 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2060 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2061 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2062 ++I; 2063 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2064 } 2065 2066 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2067 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2068 ++I; 2069 continue; 2070 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2071 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2072 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2073 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2074 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2075 // equivalent alignment. 2076 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2077 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2078 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2079 // have no alignment specifier. 2080 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2081 << AA->isC11(); 2082 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2083 << AA->isC11(); 2084 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2085 --E; 2086 continue; 2087 } 2088 } 2089 2090 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2091 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2092 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2093 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2094 --E; 2095 } 2096} 2097 2098/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2099void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2100 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2101 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2102 return; 2103 2104 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2105 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2106 2107 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2108 return; 2109 2110 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2111 2112 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2113 // we process them. 2114 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2115 2116 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2117 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2118 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2119 i != e; ++i) { 2120 bool Override = false; 2121 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2122 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2123 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2124 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2125 switch (AMK) { 2126 case AMK_None: 2127 continue; 2128 2129 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2130 break; 2131 2132 case AMK_Override: 2133 Override = true; 2134 break; 2135 } 2136 } 2137 2138 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2139 foundAny = true; 2140 } 2141 2142 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2143 foundAny = true; 2144 2145 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2146} 2147 2148/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2149/// to the new one. 2150static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2151 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2152 Sema &S) { 2153 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2154 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2155 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2156 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2157 if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2158 !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2159 S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2160 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2161 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2162 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2163 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2164 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration(); 2165 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2166 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2167 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2168 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2169 } 2170 2171 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2172 return; 2173 2174 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2175 2176 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2177 // done before we process them. 2178 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2179 2180 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2181 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2182 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2183 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2184 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2185 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2186 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2187 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2188 foundAny = true; 2189 } 2190 } 2191 2192 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2193} 2194 2195namespace { 2196 2197/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2198/// C. 2199struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2200 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2201 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2202 QualType PromotedType; 2203}; 2204 2205} 2206 2207/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2208Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2209 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2210 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2211 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2212 2213 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2214 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2215 2216 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2217 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2218 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2219 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2220 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2221 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2222 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2223 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2224 } 2225 2226 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2227} 2228 2229/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2230/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2231/// GNU89 mode. 2232static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2233 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2234 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2235 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2236 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2237 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2238} 2239 2240/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 2241/// declaration? 2242static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 2243 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 2244 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 2245 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 2246 } else { 2247 // Free C function or a static method. 2248 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 2249 } 2250 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 2251} 2252 2253template <typename T> 2254static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2255 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2256 if (DC->isRecord()) 2257 return false; 2258 2259 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2260 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && 2261 New->getDeclContext()->isExternCContext()) 2262 return true; 2263 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && 2264 New->getDeclContext()->isExternCXXContext()) 2265 return true; 2266 return false; 2267} 2268 2269/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2270/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2271/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2272/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2273/// 2274/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2275/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2276/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2277/// merged with. 2278/// 2279/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2280bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 2281 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2282 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 2283 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 2284 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 2285 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 2286 else 2287 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 2288 if (!Old) { 2289 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2290 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2291 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2292 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2293 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2294 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2295 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2296 return true; 2297 } 2298 2299 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2300 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2301 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2302 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2303 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2304 return true; 2305 } 2306 2307 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2308 << New->getDeclName(); 2309 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2310 return true; 2311 } 2312 2313 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2314 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2315 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2316 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2317 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2318 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2319 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2320 else 2321 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2322 2323 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2324 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2325 2326 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2327 // is an extern inline function. 2328 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2329 // storage classes. 2330 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2331 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2332 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2333 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2334 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2335 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2336 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2337 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2338 } else { 2339 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2340 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2341 return true; 2342 } 2343 } 2344 2345 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2346 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2347 // calling convention of the first. 2348 // 2349 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2350 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2351 // 2352 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2353 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2354 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2355 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2356 // because it is the default calling convention. 2357 // 2358 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2359 // other tests to run. 2360 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2361 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2362 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2363 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2364 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2365 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2366 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2367 2368 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2369 // there but not here. 2370 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2371 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2372 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2373 2374 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2375 // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct 2376 // information about storage class of CXXMethod. 2377 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2378 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) { 2379 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2380 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2381 2382 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2383 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2384 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2385 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2386 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2387 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2388 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2389 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2390 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2391 return true; 2392 } 2393 2394 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2395 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2396 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2397 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2398 } 2399 2400 // Merge regparm attribute. 2401 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2402 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2403 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2404 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2405 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2406 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2407 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2408 return true; 2409 } 2410 2411 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2412 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2413 } 2414 2415 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2416 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2417 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2418 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2419 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2420 return true; 2421 } 2422 2423 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2424 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2425 } 2426 2427 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2428 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2429 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2430 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2431 } 2432 2433 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2434 // UndefinedButUsed. 2435 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2436 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2437 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2438 Old->isUsed(false) && 2439 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2440 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2441 SourceLocation())); 2442 2443 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2444 // about it. 2445 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2446 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2447 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2448 } 2449 2450 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2451 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2452 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2453 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2454 // cannot be overloaded. 2455 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2456 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2457 QualType ResQT; 2458 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2459 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2460 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2461 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2462 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2463 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2464 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2465 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2466 else 2467 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2468 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2469 return true; 2470 } 2471 else 2472 NewQType = ResQT; 2473 } 2474 2475 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2476 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2477 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2478 // Preserve triviality. 2479 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2480 2481 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2482 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2483 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2484 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2485 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2486 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2487 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2488 2489 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2490 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2491 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2492 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2493 // is a static member function declaration. 2494 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2495 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2496 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2497 return true; 2498 } 2499 2500 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2501 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2502 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2503 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2504 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2505 unsigned NewDiag; 2506 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2507 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2508 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2509 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2510 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2511 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2512 else 2513 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2514 2515 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2516 } else { 2517 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2518 << New << New->getType(); 2519 } 2520 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2521 2522 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2523 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2524 // 2525 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2526 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2527 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2528 if (isFriend) { 2529 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2530 } else { 2531 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2532 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2533 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2534 return true; 2535 } 2536 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2537 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2538 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2539 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2540 return true; 2541 } 2542 } 2543 2544 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2545 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2546 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2547 // attribute. 2548 if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() && 2549 !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2550 Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(), 2551 diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2552 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2553 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2554 } 2555 2556 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2557 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2558 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2559 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2560 if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() && 2561 !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2562 Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(), 2563 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2564 Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(), 2565 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2566 } 2567 2568 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2569 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2570 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2571 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2572 2573 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2574 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2575 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2576 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2577 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2578 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2579 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2580 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2581 } 2582 2583 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2584 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2585 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2586 return true; 2587 } 2588 2589 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2590 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2591 2592 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2593 } 2594 2595 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2596 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2597 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2598 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2599 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2600 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2601 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2602 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2603 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2604 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2605 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2606 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2607 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2608 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2609 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2610 ParamTypes, 2611 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2612 New->setType(NewQType); 2613 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2614 2615 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2616 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2617 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2618 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2619 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2620 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2621 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2622 SourceLocation(), 2623 SourceLocation(), 0, 2624 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2625 SC_None, 2626 0); 2627 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2628 Param->setImplicit(); 2629 Params.push_back(Param); 2630 } 2631 2632 New->setParams(Params); 2633 } 2634 2635 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2636 } 2637 2638 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2639 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2640 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2641 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2642 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2643 // the prototype. 2644 // 2645 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2646 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2647 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2648 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2649 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2650 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2651 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2652 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2653 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2654 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2655 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2656 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2657 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2658 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2659 2660 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2661 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2662 NewProto->getResultType()); 2663 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2664 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2665 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2666 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2667 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2668 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2669 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2670 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2671 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2672 NewParm->getType(), 2673 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2674 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2675 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2676 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2677 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2678 } else 2679 LooseCompatible = false; 2680 } 2681 2682 if (LooseCompatible) { 2683 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2684 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2685 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2686 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2687 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2688 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2689 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2690 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2691 } 2692 2693 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2694 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2695 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2696 } 2697 2698 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2699 } 2700 2701 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2702 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2703 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2704 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2705 // signature. 2706 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2707 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2708 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2709 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2710 // library built-in. 2711 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2712 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2713 << Old << Old->getType(); 2714 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2715 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2716 return false; 2717 } 2718 2719 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2720 } 2721 2722 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2723 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2724 return true; 2725} 2726 2727/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2728/// known to be compatible. 2729/// 2730/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2731/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2732/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2733/// redeclaration of Old. 2734/// 2735/// \returns false 2736bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2737 Scope *S) { 2738 // Merge the attributes 2739 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2740 2741 // Merge "pure" flag. 2742 if (Old->isPure()) 2743 New->setPure(); 2744 2745 // Merge "used" flag. 2746 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2747 New->setUsed(); 2748 2749 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2750 // declarations. 2751 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2752 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2753 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2754 *this); 2755 2756 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2757 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2758 2759 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2760 // and argument types. 2761 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2762 if (!Merged.isNull()) 2763 New->setType(Merged); 2764 2765 return false; 2766} 2767 2768 2769void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2770 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2771 2772 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2773 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, AMK_Override); 2774 2775 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2776 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2777 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2778 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2779 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2780 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2781 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2782 2783 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2784} 2785 2786/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2787/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2788/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2789/// 2790/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2791/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2792/// is attached. 2793void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) { 2794 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2795 return; 2796 2797 QualType MergedT; 2798 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2799 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2800 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2801 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2802 return; 2803 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2804 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2805 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2806 } 2807 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2808 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2809 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2810 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2811 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2812 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2813 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2814 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2815 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2816 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2817 NewArray->getElementType())) 2818 MergedT = New->getType(); 2819 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2820 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2821 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2822 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2823 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2824 NewArray->getElementType())) 2825 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2826 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2827 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2828 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2829 Old->getType()); 2830 } 2831 } else { 2832 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2833 } 2834 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2835 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2836 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2837 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2838 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2839 } 2840 2841 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2842 // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope. 2843 if (!OldWasHidden) 2844 New->setType(MergedT); 2845} 2846 2847/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2848/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2849/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2850/// 2851/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2852/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2853/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2854/// 2855void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous, 2856 bool PreviousWasHidden) { 2857 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2858 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2859 return; 2860 2861 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2862 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2863 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2864 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2865 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2866 << New->getDeclName(); 2867 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2868 diag::note_previous_definition); 2869 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2870 } 2871 2872 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2873 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2874 // 2875 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2876 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2877 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2878 << New->getIdentifier(); 2879 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2880 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2881 } 2882 2883 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2884 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2885 // declaration 2886 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2887 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2888 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2889 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2890 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2891 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2892 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2893 } 2894 2895 // Merge the types. 2896 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden); 2897 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2898 return; 2899 2900 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2901 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2902 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2903 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2904 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2905 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2906 } 2907 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2908 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2909 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2910 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2911 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2912 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2913 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2914 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2915 // identifier has external linkage. 2916 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2917 /* Okay */; 2918 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2919 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2920 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2921 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2922 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2923 } 2924 2925 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2926 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2927 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2928 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2929 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2930 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2931 } 2932 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 2933 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 2934 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2935 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2936 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2937 } 2938 2939 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2940 2941 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2942 // need to check for mismatches. 2943 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2944 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2945 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2946 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2947 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2948 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2949 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2950 } 2951 2952 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2953 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2954 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2955 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2956 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2957 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2958 } 2959 2960 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2961 const VarDecl *Def; 2962 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2963 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2964 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2965 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2966 << New->getDeclName(); 2967 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2968 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2969 return; 2970 } 2971 2972 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2973 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2974 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2975 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2976 return; 2977 } 2978 2979 // Merge "used" flag. 2980 if (Old->isUsed(false)) 2981 New->setUsed(); 2982 2983 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2984 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2985 2986 // Inherit access appropriately. 2987 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2988} 2989 2990/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2991/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2992Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2993 DeclSpec &DS) { 2994 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2995} 2996 2997/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2998/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 2999/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3000Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3001 DeclSpec &DS, 3002 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3003 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3004 Decl *TagD = 0; 3005 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3006 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3007 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3008 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3009 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3010 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3011 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3012 3013 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3014 return 0; 3015 3016 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3017 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3018 // it's a Type. 3019 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3020 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3021 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3022 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3023 } 3024 3025 if (Tag) { 3026 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 3027 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3028 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3029 return Tag; 3030 } 3031 3032 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3033 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3034 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3035 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3036 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3037 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3038 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3039 } 3040 3041 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3042 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3043 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3044 if (Tag) 3045 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3046 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3047 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3048 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3049 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3050 else 3051 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3052 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3053 return TagD; 3054 } 3055 3056 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3057 3058 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3059 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3060 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3061 if (TagD && !Tag) 3062 return 0; 3063 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3064 } 3065 3066 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3067 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3068 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3069 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3070 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3071 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3072 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3073 // or an explicit specialization. 3074 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3075 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3076 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3077 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3078 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3079 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3080 << SS.getRange(); 3081 return 0; 3082 } 3083 3084 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3085 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3086 3087 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3088 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3089 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3090 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3091 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3092 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3093 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 3094 3095 DeclaresAnything = false; 3096 } 3097 } 3098 3099 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3100 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3101 CurContext->isRecord() && 3102 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3103 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3104 // struct STRUCT; 3105 // and 3106 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3107 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3108 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3109 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3110 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3111 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3112 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3113 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3114 } 3115 } 3116 3117 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3118 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3119 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3120 return TagD; 3121 3122 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3123 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3124 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3125 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3126 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3127 DeclaresAnything = false; 3128 3129 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3130 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3131 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3132 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3133 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3134 else 3135 DeclaresAnything = false; 3136 } 3137 3138 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3139 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3140 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3141 << Tag->getTagKind() 3142 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3143 3144 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3145 3146 // C 6.7/2: 3147 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3148 // or the members of an enumeration. 3149 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3150 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3151 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3152 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3153 // previous declaration. 3154 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3155 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3156 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3157 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3158 return TagD; 3159 } 3160 3161 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3162 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3163 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3164 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3165 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3166 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3167 // 3168 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3169 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3170 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3171 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3172 3173 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3174 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3175 // useless. 3176 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3177 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3178 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3179 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3180 3181 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 3182 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__thread"; 3183 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3184 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3185 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3186 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3187 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3188 // Restrict is covered above. 3189 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3190 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3191 } 3192 3193 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3194 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3195 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3196 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3197 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3198 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3199 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3200 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3201 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3202 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3203 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3204 while (attrs) { 3205 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3206 << attrs->getName() 3207 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3208 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3209 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3210 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3211 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3212 } 3213 } 3214 } 3215 3216 return TagD; 3217} 3218 3219/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3220/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3221/// 3222/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3223static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3224 Scope *S, 3225 DeclContext *Owner, 3226 DeclarationName Name, 3227 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3228 unsigned diagnostic) { 3229 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3230 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3231 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3232 3233 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3234 return false; 3235 3236 // Pick a representative declaration. 3237 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3238 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3239 3240 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3241 return false; 3242 3243 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3244 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3245 3246 return true; 3247} 3248 3249/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3250/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3251/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3252/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3253/// struct, e.g., 3254/// 3255/// @code 3256/// union { 3257/// int i; 3258/// float f; 3259/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3260/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3261/// @endcode 3262/// 3263/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3264/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3265static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3266 DeclContext *Owner, 3267 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3268 AccessSpecifier AS, 3269 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 3270 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3271 unsigned diagKind 3272 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3273 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3274 3275 bool Invalid = false; 3276 3277 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3278 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 3279 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 3280 D != DEnd; ++D) { 3281 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 3282 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 3283 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 3284 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3285 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3286 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3287 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3288 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3289 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3290 Invalid = true; 3291 } else { 3292 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3293 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3294 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3295 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3296 // anonymous union is declared. 3297 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3298 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3299 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 3300 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 3301 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 3302 else 3303 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3304 3305 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3306 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3307 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3308 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3309 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3310 3311 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3312 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3313 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3314 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3315 3316 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3317 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3318 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3319 3320 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3321 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3322 3323 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3324 } 3325 } 3326 } 3327 3328 return Invalid; 3329} 3330 3331/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3332/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3333/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3334static StorageClass 3335StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 3336 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3337 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3338 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 3339 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3340 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3341 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3342 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3343 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3344 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3345 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3346 } 3347 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3348} 3349 3350/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3351/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3352/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3353/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3354Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3355 AccessSpecifier AS, 3356 RecordDecl *Record) { 3357 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3358 3359 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3360 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3361 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3362 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3363 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3364 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3365 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3366 3367 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3368 // structs/unions. 3369 bool Invalid = false; 3370 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3371 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3372 unsigned DiagID; 3373 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3374 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3375 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3376 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3377 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3378 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3379 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3380 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3381 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3382 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3383 3384 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3385 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3386 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3387 } 3388 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3389 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3390 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3391 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3392 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3393 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3394 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3395 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3396 3397 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3398 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3399 SourceLocation(), 3400 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3401 } 3402 } 3403 3404 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3405 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3406 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3407 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3408 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3409 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3410 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3411 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3412 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3413 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3414 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3415 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3416 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3417 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3418 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3419 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3420 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3421 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3422 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3423 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3424 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3425 3426 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3427 } 3428 3429 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3430 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3431 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3432 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3433 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3434 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3435 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3436 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3437 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3438 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3439 // members (clause 11). 3440 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3441 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3442 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3443 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3444 Invalid = true; 3445 } 3446 3447 // C++ [class.union]p1 3448 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3449 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3450 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3451 // array of such objects. 3452 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3453 Invalid = true; 3454 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3455 // Any implicit members are fine. 3456 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3457 // This is a type that showed up in an 3458 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3459 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3460 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3461 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3462 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3463 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3464 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3465 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3466 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3467 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3468 else { 3469 // This is a nested type declaration. 3470 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3471 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3472 Invalid = true; 3473 } 3474 } else { 3475 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3476 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3477 // not part of standard C++. 3478 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3479 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3480 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3481 } 3482 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3483 // Any access specifier is fine. 3484 } else { 3485 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3486 // member. Complain about it. 3487 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3488 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3489 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3490 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3491 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3492 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3493 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3494 3495 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3496 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3497 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3498 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3499 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3500 else { 3501 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3502 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3503 Invalid = true; 3504 } 3505 } 3506 } 3507 } 3508 3509 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3510 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3511 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3512 Invalid = true; 3513 } 3514 3515 // Mock up a declarator. 3516 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3517 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3518 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3519 3520 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3521 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3522 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3523 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3524 DS.getLocStart(), 3525 Record->getLocation(), 3526 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3527 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3528 TInfo, 3529 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3530 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3531 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3532 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3533 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3534 } else { 3535 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3536 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3537 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3538 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3539 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3540 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3541 // an error here 3542 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3543 Invalid = true; 3544 SC = SC_None; 3545 } 3546 3547 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3548 DS.getLocStart(), 3549 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3550 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3551 TInfo, SC); 3552 3553 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3554 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3555 // initializer: 3556 // union { int n = 0; }; 3557 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3558 } 3559 Anon->setImplicit(); 3560 3561 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3562 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3563 // its members. 3564 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3565 3566 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3567 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3568 // purposes. 3569 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3570 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3571 3572 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3573 Chain, false)) 3574 Invalid = true; 3575 3576 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3577 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3578 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3579 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3580 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3581 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3582 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3583 3584 if (Invalid) 3585 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3586 3587 return Anon; 3588} 3589 3590/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3591/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3592/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3593/// Example: 3594/// 3595/// struct A { int a; }; 3596/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3597/// 3598/// void foo() { 3599/// B var; 3600/// var.a = 3; 3601/// } 3602/// 3603Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3604 RecordDecl *Record) { 3605 3606 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3607 if (!Record) 3608 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3609 3610 // Mock up a declarator. 3611 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3612 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3613 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3614 3615 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3616 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3617 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3618 DS.getLocStart(), 3619 DS.getLocStart(), 3620 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3621 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3622 TInfo, 3623 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3624 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3625 Anon->setImplicit(); 3626 3627 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3628 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3629 3630 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3631 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3632 // purposes. 3633 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3634 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3635 3636 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3637 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3638 RecordDef, AS_none, 3639 Chain, true)) 3640 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3641 3642 return Anon; 3643} 3644 3645/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3646/// given Declarator. 3647DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3648 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3649} 3650 3651/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3652DeclarationNameInfo 3653Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3654 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3655 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3656 3657 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3658 3659 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3660 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3661 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3662 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3663 return NameInfo; 3664 3665 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3666 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3667 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3668 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3669 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3670 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3671 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3672 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3673 return NameInfo; 3674 3675 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3676 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3677 Name.Identifier)); 3678 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3679 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3680 return NameInfo; 3681 3682 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3683 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3684 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3685 if (Ty.isNull()) 3686 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3687 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3688 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3689 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3690 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3691 return NameInfo; 3692 } 3693 3694 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3695 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3696 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3697 if (Ty.isNull()) 3698 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3699 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3700 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3701 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3702 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3703 return NameInfo; 3704 } 3705 3706 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3707 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3708 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3709 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3710 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3711 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3712 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3713 3714 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3715 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3716 3717 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3718 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3719 // was qualified. 3720 3721 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3722 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3723 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3724 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3725 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3726 return NameInfo; 3727 } 3728 3729 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3730 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3731 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3732 if (Ty.isNull()) 3733 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3734 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3735 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3736 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3737 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3738 return NameInfo; 3739 } 3740 3741 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3742 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3743 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3744 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3745 } 3746 3747 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3748 3749 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3750} 3751 3752static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3753 do { 3754 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3755 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3756 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3757 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3758 else 3759 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3760 } while (true); 3761} 3762 3763/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3764/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3765/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3766/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3767/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3768/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3769/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3770static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3771 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3772 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3773 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3774 Params.clear(); 3775 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3776 return false; 3777 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3778 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3779 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3780 3781 // The parameter types are identical 3782 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3783 continue; 3784 3785 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3786 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3787 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3788 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3789 3790 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3791 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3792 Params.push_back(Idx); 3793 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3794 return false; 3795 } 3796 3797 return true; 3798} 3799 3800/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3801/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3802/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3803/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3804/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3805static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3806 DeclarationName Name) { 3807 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3808 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3809 // - types which will become injected class names 3810 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3811 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3812 // few cases here. 3813 3814 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3815 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3816 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3817 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3818 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3819 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3820 // Grab the type from the parser. 3821 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3822 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3823 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3824 3825 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3826 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3827 // attached already. 3828 if (!TSI) 3829 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3830 3831 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3832 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3833 if (!TSI) return true; 3834 3835 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3836 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3837 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3838 break; 3839 } 3840 3841 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3842 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3843 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3844 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3845 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3846 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3847 break; 3848 } 3849 3850 default: 3851 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3852 break; 3853 } 3854 3855 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3856 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3857 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3858 3859 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3860 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3861 // pointer. 3862 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3863 continue; 3864 3865 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3866 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3867 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3868 return true; 3869 } 3870 3871 return false; 3872} 3873 3874Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3875 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3876 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3877 3878 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3879 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3880 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3881 3882 return Dcl; 3883} 3884 3885/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3886/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3887/// name different from T: 3888/// - every static data member of class T; 3889/// - every member function of class T 3890/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3891/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3892bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3893 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3894 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3895 3896 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3897 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3898 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3899 return true; 3900 } 3901 3902 return false; 3903} 3904 3905/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3906/// nested-name-specifier. 3907/// 3908/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3909/// 3910/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3911/// resolves. 3912/// 3913/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3914/// 3915/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3916/// 3917/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3918bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3919 DeclarationName Name, 3920 SourceLocation Loc) { 3921 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3922 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3923 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3924 3925 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3926 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3927 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3928 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3929 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3930 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3931 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3932 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3933 3934 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3935 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3936 // 3937 // class X { 3938 // void X::f(); 3939 // }; 3940 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3941 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3942 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3943 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3944 SS.clear(); 3945 return false; 3946 } 3947 3948 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3949 // declaration. 3950 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3951 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3952 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3953 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3954 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3955 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3956 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3957 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3958 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3959 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3960 else 3961 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3962 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3963 3964 return true; 3965 } 3966 3967 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3968 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3969 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3970 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3971 SS.clear(); 3972 3973 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3974 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3975 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3976 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3977 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3978 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3979 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3980 return true; 3981 3982 return false; 3983 } 3984 3985 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3986 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3987 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3988 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3989 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3990 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3991 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3992 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3993 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3994 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3995 3996 return false; 3997} 3998 3999NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4000 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4001 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4002 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4003 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4004 4005 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4006 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4007 if (!Name) { 4008 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4009 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4010 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4011 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4012 return 0; 4013 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4014 return 0; 4015 4016 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4017 // we find one that is. 4018 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4019 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4020 S = S->getParent(); 4021 4022 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4023 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4024 D.setInvalidType(); 4025 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4026 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4027 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4028 return 0; 4029 4030 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4031 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4032 if (!DC) { 4033 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4034 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4035 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4036 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4037 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4038 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4039 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4040 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4041 return 0; 4042 } 4043 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4044 4045 if (!IsDependentContext && 4046 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4047 return 0; 4048 4049 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4050 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4051 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4052 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4053 D.setInvalidType(); 4054 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4055 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4056 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4057 if (DC->isRecord()) 4058 return 0; 4059 4060 D.setInvalidType(); 4061 } 4062 } 4063 4064 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4065 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4066 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4067 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4068 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4069 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4070 D.setInvalidType(); 4071 } 4072 } 4073 4074 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4075 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4076 // Just return early; it's safer. 4077 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4078 return 0; 4079 4080 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4081 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4082 4083 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4084 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4085 D.setInvalidType(); 4086 4087 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4088 ForRedeclaration); 4089 4090 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4091 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4092 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4093 4094 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4095 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4096 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4097 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4098 /* Do nothing*/; 4099 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4100 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 4101 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4102 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4103 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 4104 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4105 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4106 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4107 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4108 4109 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4110 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4111 4112 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 4113 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4114 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4115 4116 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4117 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4118 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4119 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4120 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4121 // thereof; [...] 4122 // 4123 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4124 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4125 // we want to match. For example, given: 4126 // 4127 // class X { 4128 // void f(); 4129 // void f(float); 4130 // }; 4131 // 4132 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4133 // 4134 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4135 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4136 // matches. 4137 4138 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4139 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4140 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4141 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4142 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4143 } 4144 4145 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4146 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4147 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4148 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4149 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4150 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4151 4152 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4153 Previous.clear(); 4154 } 4155 4156 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4157 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4158 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4159 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4160 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4161 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4162 Previous.clear(); 4163 4164 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4165 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4166 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4167 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4168 4169 NamedDecl *New; 4170 4171 bool AddToScope = true; 4172 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4173 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4174 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4175 return 0; 4176 } 4177 4178 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4179 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4180 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4181 TemplateParamLists, 4182 AddToScope); 4183 } else { 4184 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4185 TemplateParamLists); 4186 } 4187 4188 if (New == 0) 4189 return 0; 4190 4191 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4192 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4193 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4194 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 4195 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 4196 4197 return New; 4198} 4199 4200/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4201/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4202/// GCC compatibility). 4203static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4204 ASTContext &Context, 4205 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4206 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4207 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4208 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4209 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4210 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4211 SizeIsNegative = false; 4212 Oversized = 0; 4213 4214 if (T->isDependentType()) 4215 return QualType(); 4216 4217 QualifierCollector Qs; 4218 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4219 4220 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4221 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4222 QualType FixedType = 4223 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4224 Oversized); 4225 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4226 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4227 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4228 } 4229 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4230 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4231 QualType FixedType = 4232 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4233 Oversized); 4234 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4235 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4236 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4237 } 4238 4239 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4240 if (!VLATy) 4241 return QualType(); 4242 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4243 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4244 return QualType(); 4245 4246 llvm::APSInt Res; 4247 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4248 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4249 return QualType(); 4250 4251 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4252 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4253 SizeIsNegative = true; 4254 return QualType(); 4255 } 4256 4257 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4258 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4259 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4260 Res); 4261 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4262 Oversized = Res; 4263 return QualType(); 4264 } 4265 4266 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4267 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4268} 4269 4270static void 4271FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4272 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4273 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4274 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4275 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4276 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4277 return; 4278 } 4279 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4280 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4281 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4282 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4283 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4284 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4285 return; 4286 } 4287 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4288 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4289 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4290 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4291 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4292 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4293 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4294 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4295} 4296 4297/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4298/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4299/// GCC compatibility). 4300static TypeSourceInfo* 4301TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4302 ASTContext &Context, 4303 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4304 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4305 QualType FixedTy 4306 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4307 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4308 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4309 return 0; 4310 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4311 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4312 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4313 return FixedTInfo; 4314} 4315 4316/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4317/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 4318void 4319Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 4320 const LookupResult &Previous, 4321 Scope *S) { 4322 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4323 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 4324 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4325 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4326 4327 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 4328 return; 4329 4330 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4331 4332 // If there was a previous declaration of this entity, it may be in 4333 // our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 4334 // declaration. 4335 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 4336 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 4337 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 4338 4339 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4340 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 4341 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 4342 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 4343 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 4344 4345 } else { 4346 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 4347 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 4348 S = S->getParent(); 4349 } 4350 4351 if (S) 4352 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 4353 } 4354} 4355 4356llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 4357Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4358 if (ExternalSource) { 4359 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4360 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4361 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4362 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4363 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4364 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4365 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4366 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4367 } 4368 } 4369 4370 return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name); 4371} 4372 4373/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4374/// does not identify a function. 4375void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4376 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4377 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4378 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4379 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4380 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4381 4382 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4383 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4384 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4385 4386 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4387 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4388 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4389 4390 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4391 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4392 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4393} 4394 4395NamedDecl* 4396Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4397 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4398 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4399 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4400 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4401 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4402 D.setInvalidType(); 4403 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4404 DC = CurContext; 4405 Previous.clear(); 4406 } 4407 4408 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4409 4410 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4411 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4412 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4413 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4414 << 1; 4415 4416 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4417 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4418 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4419 return 0; 4420 } 4421 4422 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4423 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4424 4425 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4426 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4427 4428 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4429 4430 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4431 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4432 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4433 return ND; 4434} 4435 4436void 4437Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4438 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4439 // then it shall have block scope. 4440 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4441 // that redeclarations will match. 4442 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4443 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4444 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4445 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4446 4447 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4448 bool SizeIsNegative; 4449 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4450 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4451 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4452 SizeIsNegative, 4453 Oversized); 4454 if (FixedTInfo) { 4455 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4456 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4457 } else { 4458 if (SizeIsNegative) 4459 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4460 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4461 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4462 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4463 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4464 << Oversized.toString(10); 4465 else 4466 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4467 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4468 } 4469 } 4470 } 4471} 4472 4473 4474/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4475/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4476/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4477NamedDecl* 4478Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4479 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4480 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4481 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4482 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4483 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4484 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4485 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4486 Redeclaration = true; 4487 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4488 } 4489 4490 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4491 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4492 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4493 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4494 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4495 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4496 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4497 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4498 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4499 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4500 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4501 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4502 } 4503 4504 return NewTD; 4505} 4506 4507/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4508/// previous declaration. 4509/// 4510/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4511/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4512/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4513/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4514/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4515/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4516/// 4517/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4518/// lookup 4519/// 4520/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4521/// declared. 4522/// 4523/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4524/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4525static bool 4526isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4527 ASTContext &Context) { 4528 if (!PrevDecl) 4529 return false; 4530 4531 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4532 return false; 4533 4534 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4535 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4536 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4537 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4538 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4539 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4540 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4541 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4542 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4543 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4544 return false; 4545 4546 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4547 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4548 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4549 return false; 4550 4551 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4552 // previous declarations. 4553 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4554 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4555 4556 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4557 // isn't the same function. 4558 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4559 return false; 4560 } 4561 4562 return true; 4563} 4564 4565static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4566 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4567 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4568 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4569} 4570 4571bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4572 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4573 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4574 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4575 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4576 unsigned kind = -1U; 4577 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4578 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4579 kind = 0; // __block 4580 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4581 kind = 1; // global 4582 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4583 kind = 3; // ivar 4584 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4585 kind = 2; // field 4586 } 4587 4588 if (kind != -1U) { 4589 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4590 << kind; 4591 } 4592 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4593 // Try to infer lifetime. 4594 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4595 return false; 4596 4597 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4598 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4599 decl->setType(type); 4600 } 4601 4602 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4603 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4604 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4605 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4606 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4607 << var->getType(); 4608 return true; 4609 } 4610 } 4611 4612 return false; 4613} 4614 4615static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4616 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4617 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4618 if (ND.getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) { 4619 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4620 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4621 } 4622 } 4623 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4624 if (ND.hasExternalLinkage()) { 4625 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4626 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4627 } 4628 } 4629} 4630 4631/// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4632/// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4633/// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4634static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4635 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4636 4637 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4638 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4639 4640 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4641 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4642 return false; 4643 4644 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4645 4646#ifndef NDEBUG 4647 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4648 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4649 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4650 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4651 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4652#endif 4653 4654 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4655 4656#ifndef NDEBUG 4657 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4658#endif 4659 4660 return isC99Inline; 4661} 4662 4663static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4664 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4665 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4666 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4667 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4668 return true; 4669 if (DC->isRecord()) 4670 return false; 4671 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4672} 4673 4674static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4675 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4676 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4677 return true; 4678 if (DC->isRecord()) 4679 return false; 4680 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4681} 4682 4683NamedDecl* 4684Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4685 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4686 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4687 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4688 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4689 4690 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4691 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4692 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4693 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4694 4695 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) 4696 { 4697 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 4698 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 4699 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 4700 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 4701 D.setInvalidType(); 4702 } 4703 } 4704 4705 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4706 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4707 // an error here 4708 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4709 D.setInvalidType(); 4710 SC = SC_None; 4711 } 4712 4713 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4714 if (!II) { 4715 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4716 << Name; 4717 return 0; 4718 } 4719 4720 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4721 4722 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4723 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4724 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4725 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4726 4727 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4728 // is a GNU extension. 4729 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4730 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4731 else 4732 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4733 D.setInvalidType(); 4734 } 4735 } 4736 4737 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4738 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4739 // OpenCL __local address space. 4740 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 4741 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4742 } 4743 4744 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 4745 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 4746 // space qualifiers. 4747 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 4748 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 4749 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 4750 } 4751 4752 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 4753 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 4754 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 4755 // address space qualifiers. 4756 if (R->isEventT()) { 4757 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 4758 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 4759 D.setInvalidType(); 4760 } 4761 4762 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 4763 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 4764 D.setInvalidType(); 4765 } 4766 } 4767 } 4768 4769 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4770 VarDecl *NewVD; 4771 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4772 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4773 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4774 R, TInfo, SC); 4775 4776 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4777 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4778 } else { 4779 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4780 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4781 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4782 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4783 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4784 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4785 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4786 SC = SC_Static; 4787 } 4788 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4789 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4790 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4791 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4792 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4793 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4794 4795 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4796 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4797 if (RD->isUnion()) 4798 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4799 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 4800 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4801 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4802 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4803 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4804 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4805 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4806 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4807 } 4808 } 4809 4810 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4811 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4812 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4813 bool Invalid = false; 4814 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4815 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4816 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4817 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4818 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4819 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4820 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4821 /*never a friend*/ false, 4822 isExplicitSpecialization, 4823 Invalid)) { 4824 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4825 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4826 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4827 << II 4828 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4829 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4830 return 0; 4831 } else { 4832 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4833 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4834 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4835 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4836 << II 4837 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4838 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4839 } 4840 } 4841 4842 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4843 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4844 R, TInfo, SC); 4845 4846 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4847 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4848 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4849 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4850 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4851 4852 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4853 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4854 4855 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4856 4857 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4858 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4859 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4860 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4861 } 4862 4863 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4864 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4865 } 4866 4867 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4868 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4869 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4870 4871 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4872 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4873 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4874 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4875 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4876 else 4877 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4878 } 4879 4880 // C99 6.7.4p3 4881 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 4882 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 4883 // thread storage duration... 4884 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 4885 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 4886 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 4887 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 4888 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 4889 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4890 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 4891 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 4892 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 4893 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4894 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 4895 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 4896 } 4897 } 4898 4899 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4900 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4901 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4902 << 2 4903 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4904 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4905 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4906 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4907 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4908 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4909 else 4910 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4911 } 4912 4913 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4914 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4915 4916 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 4917 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 4918 4919 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4920 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4921 // storage [duration]." 4922 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4923 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 4924 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 4925 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4926 } 4927 } 4928 4929 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4930 // retainable type. 4931 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4932 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4933 4934 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4935 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4936 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4937 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4938 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4939 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4940 switch (SC) { 4941 case SC_None: 4942 case SC_Auto: 4943 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4944 break; 4945 case SC_Register: 4946 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4947 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4948 break; 4949 case SC_Static: 4950 case SC_Extern: 4951 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4952 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4953 break; 4954 } 4955 } 4956 4957 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4958 Context, Label)); 4959 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4960 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4961 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4962 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4963 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4964 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4965 } 4966 } 4967 4968 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4969 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4970 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4971 4972 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4973 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4974 // declaration has linkage). 4975 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 4976 isExplicitSpecialization); 4977 4978 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4979 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4980 } else { 4981 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4982 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4983 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4984 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4985 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4986 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4987 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4988 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4989 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4990 Previous.clear(); 4991 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4992 } 4993 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4994 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4995 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4996 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4997 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4998 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4999 } 5000 5001 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5002 5003 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 5004 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5005 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5006 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5007 } 5008 5009 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5010 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD); 5011 5012 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 5013 // such variables. 5014 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 5015 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5016 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 5017 5018 return NewVD; 5019} 5020 5021/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5022/// -Wshadow. 5023/// 5024/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5025/// scope. 5026/// 5027/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5028/// \param R the lookup of the name 5029/// 5030void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5031 // Return if warning is ignored. 5032 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5033 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5034 return; 5035 5036 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5037 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5038 return; 5039 5040 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5041 5042 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5043 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5044 return; 5045 5046 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5047 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5048 return; 5049 5050 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5051 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5052 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5053 if (MD->isStatic()) 5054 return; 5055 5056 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5057 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5058 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5059 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5060 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 5061 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 5062 I != E; ++I) 5063 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5064 ShadowedDecl = *I; 5065 break; 5066 } 5067 } 5068 5069 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5070 5071 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5072 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5073 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5074 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5075 return; 5076 5077 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5078 // static data members from base classes? 5079 5080 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5081 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5082 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5083 } 5084 5085 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5086 unsigned Kind; 5087 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5088 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5089 Kind = 3; // field 5090 else 5091 Kind = 2; // static data member 5092 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5093 Kind = 1; // global 5094 else 5095 Kind = 0; // local 5096 5097 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5098 5099 // Emit warning and note. 5100 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5101 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5102} 5103 5104/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5105void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5106 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5107 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5108 return; 5109 5110 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5111 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5112 LookupName(R, S); 5113 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5114} 5115 5116template<typename T> 5117static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) { 5118 const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext(); 5119 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5120 return true; 5121 5122 // We know that is the first decl we see, other than function local 5123 // extern C ones. If this is C++ and the decl is not in a extern C context 5124 // it cannot have C language linkage. Avoid calling isExternC in that case. 5125 // We need to this because of code like 5126 // 5127 // namespace { struct bar {}; } 5128 // auto foo = bar(); 5129 // 5130 // This code runs before the init of foo is set, and therefore before 5131 // the type of foo is known. Not knowing the type we cannot know its linkage 5132 // unless it is in an extern C block. 5133 if (!DC->isExternCContext()) { 5134 const ASTContext &Context = ND->getASTContext(); 5135 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5136 return false; 5137 } 5138 5139 return ND->isExternC(); 5140} 5141 5142/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5143/// declaration. 5144/// 5145/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5146/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5147/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5148/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5149/// that have been instantiated from a template. 5150/// 5151/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5152/// 5153/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5154bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 5155 LookupResult &Previous) { 5156 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5157 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5158 return false; 5159 5160 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5161 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5162 5163 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5164 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5165 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5166 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5167 NewVD->setType(T); 5168 } 5169 5170 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5171 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5172 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5173 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5174 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5175 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5176 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5177 return false; 5178 } 5179 5180 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5181 // scope. 5182 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5183 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5184 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5185 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5186 return false; 5187 } 5188 5189 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5190 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5191 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5192 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5193 else { 5194 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5195 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5196 } 5197 } 5198 5199 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5200 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5201 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5202 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5203 5204 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5205 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5206 bool SizeIsNegative; 5207 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5208 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5209 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5210 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5211 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5212 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5213 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5214 // int a[10][n]; 5215 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5216 5217 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5218 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5219 << SizeRange; 5220 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5221 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5222 << SizeRange; 5223 else 5224 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5225 << SizeRange; 5226 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5227 return false; 5228 } 5229 5230 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5231 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5232 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5233 else 5234 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5235 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5236 return false; 5237 } 5238 5239 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5240 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5241 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5242 } 5243 5244 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5245 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5246 // 5247 // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations. 5248 // The actual standards text here is: 5249 // 5250 // C++11 [basic.link]p6: 5251 // The name of a function declared in block scope and the name 5252 // of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration 5253 // have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity 5254 // with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities 5255 // declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the 5256 // block scope declaration declares that same entity and 5257 // receives the linkage of the previous declaration. 5258 // 5259 // C11 6.2.7p4: 5260 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 5261 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 5262 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 5263 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 5264 // declaration becomes the composite type. 5265 // 5266 // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to 5267 // update our understanding of the type according to declarations 5268 // not in scope. 5269 bool PreviousWasHidden = false; 5270 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) { 5271 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5272 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 5273 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 5274 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5275 PreviousWasHidden = true; 5276 } 5277 } 5278 5279 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5280 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5281 5282 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 5283 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5284 << T; 5285 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5286 return false; 5287 } 5288 5289 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5290 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5291 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5292 return false; 5293 } 5294 5295 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5296 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5297 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5298 return false; 5299 } 5300 5301 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5302 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5303 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5304 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5305 return false; 5306 } 5307 5308 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5309 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden); 5310 return true; 5311 } 5312 return false; 5313} 5314 5315/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5316struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5317 Sema *S; 5318 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5319}; 5320 5321/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5322/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5323/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5324static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5325 CXXBasePath &Path, 5326 void *UserData) { 5327 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5328 5329 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5330 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5331 5332 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5333 5334 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5335 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5336 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5337 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5338 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5339 5340 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5341 } 5342 5343 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5344 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5345 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5346 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5347 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5348 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5349 return true; 5350 } 5351 } 5352 5353 return false; 5354} 5355 5356namespace { 5357 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5358} 5359/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5360/// overriden methods. 5361/// 5362/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5363/// \param MD the overriding method. 5364/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5365static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5366 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5367 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5368 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5369 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5370 I != E; ++I) { 5371 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5372 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5373 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5374 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5375 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5376 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5377 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5378 } 5379} 5380 5381/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5382/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5383bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5384 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5385 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5386 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5387 Data.Method = MD; 5388 Data.S = this; 5389 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5390 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5391 bool AddedAny = false; 5392 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5393 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5394 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5395 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5396 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5397 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5398 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5399 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5400 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5401 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5402 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5403 AddedAny = true; 5404 } 5405 } 5406 } 5407 } 5408 5409 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5410 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5411 } 5412 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5413 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5414 } 5415 5416 return AddedAny; 5417} 5418 5419namespace { 5420 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5421 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5422 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5423 Scope *S; 5424 Declarator &D; 5425 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5426 bool AddToScope; 5427 }; 5428} 5429 5430namespace { 5431 5432// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5433// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5434class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5435 public: 5436 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 5437 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 5438 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 5439 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 5440 5441 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 5442 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 5443 return false; 5444 5445 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5446 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 5447 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 5448 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5449 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5450 5451 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5452 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5453 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 5454 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 5455 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 5456 return true; 5457 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 5458 return true; 5459 } 5460 } 5461 } 5462 5463 return false; 5464 } 5465 5466 private: 5467 ASTContext &Context; 5468 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 5469 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 5470}; 5471 5472} 5473 5474/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 5475/// 5476/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 5477/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 5478/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 5479/// the same name. 5480/// 5481/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 5482/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 5483static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 5484 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5485 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 5486 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 5487 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 5488 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 5489 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 5490 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5491 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 5492 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 5493 TypoCorrection Correction; 5494 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5495 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 5496 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 5497 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 5498 5499 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5500 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 5501 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 5502 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 5503 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 5504 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 5505 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 5506 if (!Prev.empty()) { 5507 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 5508 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5509 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 5510 if (FD && 5511 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5512 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 5513 // involve a parameter 5514 unsigned ParamNum = 5515 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 5516 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 5517 } 5518 } 5519 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 5520 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 5521 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 5522 Validator, NewDC))) { 5523 // Trap errors. 5524 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 5525 5526 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 5527 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 5528 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5529 Previous.clear(); 5530 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 5531 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 5532 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 5533 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 5534 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 5535 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 5536 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 5537 Previous.addDecl(FD); 5538 } 5539 } 5540 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 5541 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 5542 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 5543 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 5544 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 5545 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 5546 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 5547 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 5548 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 5549 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 5550 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 5551 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 5552 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5553 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 5554 Previous.clear(); 5555 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 5556 Result = NULL; 5557 } else { 5558 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 5559 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 5560 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 5561 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 5562 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 5563 } 5564 } 5565 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5566 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5567 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5568 } else { 5569 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5570 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5571 } 5572 } 5573 5574 if (Correction) { 5575 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5576 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5577 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5578 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5579 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5580 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5581 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5582 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5583 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5584 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5585 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5586 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5587 } else { 5588 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5589 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5590 } 5591 5592 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5593 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5594 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5595 5596 for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5597 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5598 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5599 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5600 bool FDisConst = false; 5601 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5602 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5603 5604 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5605 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5606 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5607 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5608 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5609 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5610 } else if (Correction) { 5611 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5612 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5613 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5614 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5615 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5616 } else 5617 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5618 } 5619 return Result; 5620} 5621 5622static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5623 Declarator &D) { 5624 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5625 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5626 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5627 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5628 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5629 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5630 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5631 D.setInvalidType(); 5632 break; 5633 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5634 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5635 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5636 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5637 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5638 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5639 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5640 // other than extern 5641 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5642 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5643 diag::err_static_block_func); 5644 break; 5645 } else 5646 return SC_Static; 5647 } 5648 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5649 } 5650 5651 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5652 return SC_None; 5653} 5654 5655static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5656 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5657 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5658 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5659 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5660 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5661 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5662 5663 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5664 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5665 5666 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5667 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5668 // prototype. This true when: 5669 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5670 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5671 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5672 bool HasPrototype = 5673 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5674 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5675 5676 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5677 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5678 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5679 HasPrototype, false); 5680 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5681 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5682 5683 // Set the lexical context. 5684 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5685 5686 return NewFD; 5687 } 5688 5689 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5690 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5691 5692 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5693 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5694 // the class has been completely parsed. 5695 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5696 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5697 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5698 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5699 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5700 D.setInvalidType(); 5701 5702 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5703 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5704 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5705 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5706 5707 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5708 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5709 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5710 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5711 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5712 isConstexpr); 5713 5714 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5715 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5716 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5717 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5718 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5719 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5720 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5721 D.getLocStart(), 5722 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5723 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5724 5725 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5726 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5727 // it yet. 5728 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 5729 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5730 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5731 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5732 } 5733 5734 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5735 return NewDD; 5736 5737 } else { 5738 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5739 D.setInvalidType(); 5740 5741 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5742 // code path. 5743 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5744 D.getLocStart(), 5745 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5746 SC, isInline, 5747 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5748 } 5749 5750 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5751 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5752 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5753 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5754 return 0; 5755 } 5756 5757 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5758 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5759 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5760 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5761 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5762 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5763 5764 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5765 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5766 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5767 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5768 // constructor if it has no return type). 5769 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5770 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5771 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5772 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5773 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5774 return 0; 5775 } 5776 5777 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5778 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 5779 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5780 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5781 TInfo, SC, isInline, 5782 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5783 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 5784 return Ret; 5785 } else { 5786 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5787 // prototype. This true when: 5788 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5789 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5790 D.getLocStart(), 5791 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 5792 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5793 } 5794} 5795 5796void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5797 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5798 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5799 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5800 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5801 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5802 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5803 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5804 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5805 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5806 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5807 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5808 << IsTypeAlias; 5809 } 5810} 5811 5812NamedDecl* 5813Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5814 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5815 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5816 bool &AddToScope) { 5817 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5818 5819 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5820 5821 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5822 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5823 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5824 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5825 5826 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5827 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5828 5829 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5830 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5831 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5832 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5833 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5834 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5835 5836 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5837 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5838 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5839 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5840 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, 5841 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5842 FPT->getNumArgs()), 5843 EPI); 5844 } 5845 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5846 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5847 } 5848 5849 bool isFriend = false; 5850 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5851 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5852 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5853 5854 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5855 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5856 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5857 5858 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5859 5860 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5861 isVirtualOkay); 5862 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5863 5864 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5865 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5866 5867 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5868 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5869 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5870 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5871 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5872 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5873 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5874 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5875 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5876 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5877 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5878 } 5879 5880 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5881 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5882 // return true). 5883 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5884 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5885 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5886 NewFD->setPure(true); 5887 } 5888 5889 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5890 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5891 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5892 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5893 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5894 5895 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5896 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5897 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5898 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5899 5900 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5901 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5902 bool Invalid = false; 5903 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5904 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5905 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5906 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5907 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5908 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5909 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5910 isFriend, 5911 isExplicitSpecialization, 5912 Invalid)) { 5913 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5914 // This is a function template 5915 5916 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5917 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5918 return 0; 5919 5920 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5921 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5922 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5923 return 0; 5924 } 5925 5926 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5927 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5928 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5929 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5930 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5931 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5932 Invalid = true; 5933 } 5934 5935 5936 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5937 NewFD->getLocation(), 5938 Name, TemplateParams, 5939 NewFD); 5940 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5941 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5942 5943 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5944 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5945 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5946 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5947 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5948 } 5949 } else { 5950 // This is a function template specialization. 5951 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5952 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5953 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5954 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5955 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5956 5957 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5958 if (isFriend) { 5959 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5960 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5961 5962 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5963 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5964 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5965 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5966 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5967 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5968 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5969 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5970 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5971 } 5972 5973 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5974 << Name << RemoveRange 5975 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5976 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5977 } 5978 } 5979 } 5980 else { 5981 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5982 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5983 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5984 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5985 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5986 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5987 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5988 } 5989 5990 if (Invalid) { 5991 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5992 if (FunctionTemplate) 5993 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5994 } 5995 5996 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5997 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5998 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5999 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6000 // 6001 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6002 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6003 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6004 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6005 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6006 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6007 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6008 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6009 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6010 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6011 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6012 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6013 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6014 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6015 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6016 } else { 6017 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6018 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6019 } 6020 } 6021 6022 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6023 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6024 // declaration. 6025 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6026 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6027 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6028 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6029 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6030 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6031 } 6032 } 6033 6034 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6035 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6036 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6037 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6038 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6039 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6040 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6041 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6042 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6043 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6044 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6045 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6046 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6047 // or conversion function. 6048 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6049 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6050 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6051 } 6052 } 6053 6054 if (isConstexpr) { 6055 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6056 // are implicitly inline. 6057 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6058 6059 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6060 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6061 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6062 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6063 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6064 } 6065 6066 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6067 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6068 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6069 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6070 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6071 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6072 << 0 6073 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6074 } else { 6075 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6076 if (FunctionTemplate) 6077 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6078 } 6079 } 6080 6081 if (isFriend) { 6082 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 6083 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6084 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6085 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6086 } 6087 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 6088 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6089 } 6090 6091 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6092 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6093 case FDK_Declaration: 6094 case FDK_Definition: 6095 break; 6096 6097 case FDK_Defaulted: 6098 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6099 break; 6100 6101 case FDK_Deleted: 6102 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6103 break; 6104 } 6105 6106 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6107 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6108 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6109 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6110 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6111 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6112 } 6113 6114 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6115 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6116 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6117 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6118 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6119 // the class. 6120 6121 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6122 // member function definition. 6123 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6124 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6125 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6126 } 6127 6128 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6129 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6130 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6131 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6132 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6133 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6134 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6135 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6136 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6137 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6138 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6139 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6140 EPI)); 6141 } 6142 } 6143 6144 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6145 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6146 isExplicitSpecialization || 6147 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6148 6149 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6150 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6151 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6152 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6153 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6154 SE->getString())); 6155 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6156 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6157 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6158 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6159 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6160 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6161 } 6162 } 6163 6164 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6165 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6166 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6167 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6168 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6169 6170 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6171 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6172 // single void argument. 6173 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6174 // already checks for that case. 6175 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 6176 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 6177 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6178 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6179 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 6180 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 6181 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 6182 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 6183 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6184 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6185 Params.push_back(Param); 6186 6187 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6188 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6189 } 6190 } 6191 6192 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6193 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6194 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6195 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6196 // 6197 // @code 6198 // typedef void fn(int); 6199 // fn f; 6200 // @endcode 6201 6202 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6203 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 6204 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 6205 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6206 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6207 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6208 Params.push_back(Param); 6209 } 6210 } else { 6211 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6212 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6213 } 6214 6215 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6216 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6217 6218 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6219 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6220 // 6221 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6222 // 6223 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6224 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6225 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6226 6227 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6228 NewFD->addAttr( 6229 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6230 Context)); 6231 6232 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 6233 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6234 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 6235 6236 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6237 // because all functions have linkage. 6238 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6239 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6240 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6241 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6242 } 6243 6244 // Handle attributes. 6245 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 6246 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 6247 6248 QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType(); 6249 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6250 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6251 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6252 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6253 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6254 if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) { 6255 NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(), 6256 Context)); 6257 } 6258 } 6259 6260 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6261 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6262 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6263 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6264 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6265 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6266 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6267 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6268 } 6269 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 6270 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6271 D.setRedeclaration(true); 6272 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6273 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6274 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6275 } else { 6276 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 6277 // argument list into our AST format. 6278 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6279 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 6280 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 6281 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6282 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6283 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6284 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 6285 TemplateArgs); 6286 6287 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6288 6289 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6290 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6291 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 6292 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 6293 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 6294 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6295 6296 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6297 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6298 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 6299 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 6300 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 6301 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 6302 // too few of them). 6303 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 6304 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 6305 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 6306 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 6307 "template<> "); 6308 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6309 } else { 6310 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 6311 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6312 } 6313 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6314 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 6315 // wrote something like: 6316 // template <> friend void foo(int); 6317 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 6318 // friend void foo<>(int); 6319 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 6320 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 6321 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6322 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6323 } 6324 6325 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 6326 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 6327 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 6328 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 6329 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 6330 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 6331 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 6332 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 6333 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 6334 InstantiationDependent))) { 6335 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 6336 "friend function specialization without template args"); 6337 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 6338 Previous)) 6339 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6340 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6341 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 6342 && !isFriend) { 6343 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 6344 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 6345 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 6346 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 6347 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 6348 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 6349 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 6350 Previous)) 6351 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6352 6353 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 6354 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 6355 // specialization (14.7.3) 6356 if (SC != SC_None) { 6357 if (SC != NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 6358 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6359 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 6360 << SC 6361 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6362 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6363 6364 else 6365 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6366 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 6367 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6368 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6369 } 6370 6371 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6372 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 6373 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6374 } 6375 6376 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6377 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6378 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6379 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 6380 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 6381 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6382 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 6383 } else { 6384 if (NewFD->isMain()) 6385 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 6386 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 6387 isExplicitSpecialization)); 6388 } 6389 } 6390 6391 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 6392 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 6393 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 6394 6395 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 6396 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 6397 : NewFD); 6398 6399 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 6400 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 6401 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6402 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 6403 6404 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 6405 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 6406 6407 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 6408 } 6409 6410 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 6411 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 6412 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 6413 6414 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 6415 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 6416 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6417 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 6418 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 6419 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 6420 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 6421 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 6422 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 6423 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 6424 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 6425 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6426 DC && DC->isRecord() && 6427 DC->isDependentContext()) 6428 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6429 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 6430 } 6431 6432 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6433 // Ignore all the rest of this. 6434 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 6435 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 6436 AddToScope }; 6437 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 6438 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 6439 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6440 6441 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 6442 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6443 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 6444 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 6445 6446 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 6447 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 6448 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 6449 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 6450 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 6451 // can actually do this check immediately. 6452 if (isFriend && 6453 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 6454 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 6455 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 6456 // ignore these 6457 } else { 6458 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 6459 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 6460 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 6461 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 6462 // 6463 // class X { 6464 // void f() const; 6465 // }; 6466 // 6467 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 6468 // 6469 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 6470 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 6471 // whether the parameter types are references). 6472 6473 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6474 NewFD, 6475 ExtraArgs)) { 6476 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6477 return Result; 6478 } 6479 } 6480 6481 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 6482 // to something. 6483 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 6484 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 6485 NewFD, 6486 ExtraArgs)) { 6487 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 6488 return Result; 6489 } 6490 } 6491 6492 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 6493 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 6494 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 6495 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 6496 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6497 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 6498 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 6499 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 6500 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 6501 // generate them. 6502 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 6503 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6504 } 6505 } 6506 6507 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 6508 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 6509 6510 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 6511 6512 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 6513 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6514 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6515 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 6516 << NewFD; 6517 6518 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 6519 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6520 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 6521 EPI.Variadic = true; 6522 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 6523 6524 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 6525 ArrayRef<QualType>(), 6526 EPI); 6527 NewFD->setType(R); 6528 } 6529 6530 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 6531 // member, set the visibility of this function. 6532 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->hasExternalLinkage()) 6533 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 6534 6535 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 6536 // marking the function. 6537 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 6538 6539 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 6540 // map of such names. 6541 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 6542 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6543 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 6544 6545 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 6546 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 6547 6548 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6549 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6550 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6551 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6552 return FunctionTemplate; 6553 } 6554 } 6555 6556 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6557 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 6558 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6559 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 6560 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 6561 D.setInvalidType(); 6562 } 6563 6564 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 6565 if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) { 6566 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6567 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 6568 D.setInvalidType(); 6569 } 6570 6571 for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(), 6572 PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) { 6573 ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI; 6574 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6575 6576 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6577 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6578 // pointer to a pointer type. 6579 if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) { 6580 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg); 6581 D.setInvalidType(); 6582 } 6583 6584 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6585 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6586 // of event_t type. 6587 if (PT->isEventT()) { 6588 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg); 6589 D.setInvalidType(); 6590 } 6591 } 6592 } 6593 6594 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 6595 6596 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 6597 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 6598 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6599 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6600 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6601 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6602 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6603 6604 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6605 } 6606 } 6607 6608 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6609 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6610 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6611 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6612 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6613 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6614 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6615 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6616 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6617 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6618 AddToScope = false; 6619 } 6620 6621 return NewFD; 6622} 6623 6624/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6625/// 6626/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6627/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6628/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6629/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6630/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6631/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6632/// via InstantiateDecl). 6633/// 6634/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6635/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6636/// 6637/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6638/// 6639/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6640bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6641 LookupResult &Previous, 6642 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6643 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6644 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6645 6646 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6647 if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) { 6648 // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6649 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6650 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6651 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6652 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 6653 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6654 } 6655 6656 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6657 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 6658 6659 bool Redeclaration = false; 6660 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6661 6662 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6663 // the same name, if appropriate. 6664 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6665 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6666 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6667 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6668 // function to the scope. 6669 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6670 Redeclaration = true; 6671 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6672 } else { 6673 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6674 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6675 case Ovl_Match: 6676 Redeclaration = true; 6677 break; 6678 6679 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6680 Redeclaration = true; 6681 break; 6682 6683 case Ovl_Overload: 6684 Redeclaration = false; 6685 break; 6686 } 6687 6688 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6689 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6690 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6691 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6692 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6693 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6694 if (Redeclaration) 6695 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6696 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6697 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6698 if (OverloadedDecl) 6699 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6700 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6701 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6702 Context)); 6703 } 6704 } 6705 } 6706 6707 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 6708 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 6709 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 6710 // 6711 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 6712 // definition of a static member function. 6713 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6714 if (MD && MD->isConstexpr() && !MD->isStatic() && 6715 !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 6716 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 6717 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6718 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD = 6719 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 6720 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl()); 6721 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 6722 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6723 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6724 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6725 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 6726 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 6727 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6728 FPT->getNumArgs()), 6729 EPI)); 6730 } 6731 } 6732 6733 if (Redeclaration) { 6734 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6735 // merged. 6736 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6737 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6738 return Redeclaration; 6739 } 6740 6741 Previous.clear(); 6742 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6743 6744 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6745 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6746 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6747 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6748 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6749 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6750 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6751 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6752 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6753 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6754 } 6755 6756 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6757 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6758 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6759 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6760 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6761 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6762 } 6763 6764 } else { 6765 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 6766 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6767 6768 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6769 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 6770 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 6771 // because of templates, which means that the previous 6772 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 6773 6774 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 6775 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 6776 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 6777 6778 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 6779 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 6780 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 6781 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 6782 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 6783 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 6784 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration()); 6785 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 6786 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 6787 } 6788 } 6789 } 6790 } 6791 } 6792 6793 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6794 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6795 // C++-specific checks. 6796 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6797 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6798 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6799 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6800 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6801 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6802 6803 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6804 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6805 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6806 DeclarationName Name 6807 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6808 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6809 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6810 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6811 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6812 return Redeclaration; 6813 } 6814 } 6815 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6816 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6817 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6818 } 6819 6820 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6821 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6822 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6823 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6824 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6825 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6826 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6827 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6828 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6829 } 6830 } 6831 } 6832 6833 if (Method->isStatic()) 6834 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6835 } 6836 6837 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6838 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6839 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6840 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6841 return Redeclaration; 6842 } 6843 6844 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6845 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6846 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6847 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6848 return Redeclaration; 6849 } 6850 6851 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6852 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6853 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6854 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6855 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6856 6857 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6858 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6859 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6860 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6861 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6862 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6863 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6864 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6865 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6866 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6867 } 6868 } 6869 6870 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6871 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6872 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6873 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 6874 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 6875 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6876 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6877 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6878 << NewFD << R; 6879 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6880 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6881 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6882 } 6883 } 6884 return Redeclaration; 6885} 6886 6887static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6888 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6889 if (!TSI) 6890 return SourceRange(); 6891 6892 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 6893 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 6894 if (!FunctionTL) 6895 return SourceRange(); 6896 6897 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc(); 6898 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 6899 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 6900 6901 return SourceRange(); 6902} 6903 6904void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6905 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6906 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6907 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 6908 // appear in a declaration of main. 6909 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6910 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 6911 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6912 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6913 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6914 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6915 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6916 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6917 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6918 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 6919 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 6920 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 6921 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 6922 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 6923 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 6924 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 6925 } 6926 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6927 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6928 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6929 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6930 } 6931 6932 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6933 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6934 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6935 6936 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6937 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6938 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6939 // set the flag which tells us that. 6940 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6941 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6942 6943 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6944 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6945 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6946 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6947 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6948 6949 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 6950 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 6951 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 6952 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 6953 6954 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6955 } else { 6956 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 6957 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 6958 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 6959 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 6960 else 6961 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6962 6963 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6964 } 6965 6966 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6967 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6968 6969 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6970 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6971 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6972 6973 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6974 6975 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6976 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6977 // getting shifty. 6978 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6979 HasExtraParameters = false; 6980 6981 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6982 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6983 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6984 nparams = 3; 6985 } 6986 6987 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6988 // if we had some location information about types. 6989 6990 QualType CharPP = 6991 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6992 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6993 6994 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6995 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6996 6997 bool mismatch = true; 6998 6999 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7000 mismatch = false; 7001 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7002 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7003 // char const ** 7004 // char const * const * 7005 // char * const * 7006 7007 QualifierCollector qs; 7008 const PointerType* PT; 7009 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7010 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7011 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7012 Context.CharTy)) { 7013 qs.removeConst(); 7014 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7015 } 7016 } 7017 7018 if (mismatch) { 7019 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7020 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7021 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7022 } 7023 } 7024 7025 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7026 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7027 } 7028 7029 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7030 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 7031 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7032 } 7033} 7034 7035bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7036 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7037 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7038 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7039 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7040 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7041 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7042 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7043 // rules there don't matter.) 7044 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7045 return false; 7046 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7047 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7048 return true; 7049} 7050 7051namespace { 7052 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7053 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7054 class SelfReferenceChecker 7055 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7056 Sema &S; 7057 Decl *OrigDecl; 7058 bool isRecordType; 7059 bool isPODType; 7060 bool isReferenceType; 7061 7062 public: 7063 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7064 7065 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7066 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7067 isPODType = false; 7068 isRecordType = false; 7069 isReferenceType = false; 7070 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7071 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7072 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7073 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7074 } 7075 } 7076 7077 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7078 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7079 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7080 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7081 if (isReferenceType) 7082 return; 7083 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7084 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7085 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7086 return; 7087 } 7088 7089 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7090 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7091 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7092 return; 7093 } 7094 7095 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7096 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7097 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7098 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7099 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7100 return; 7101 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7102 } 7103 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7104 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7105 return; 7106 } 7107 } 7108 7109 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7110 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7111 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7112 if (isReferenceType) 7113 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7114 } 7115 7116 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7117 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7118 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7119 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7120 7121 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7122 } 7123 7124 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7125 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7126 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7127 7128 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7129 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7130 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7131 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7132 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7133 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7134 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7135 Warn = false; 7136 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7137 } 7138 7139 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7140 if (Warn) 7141 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7142 return; 7143 } 7144 7145 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7146 // Visit that expression. 7147 Visit(Base); 7148 } 7149 7150 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7151 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7152 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7153 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7154 7155 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7156 } 7157 7158 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7159 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7160 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7161 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7162 if (!isPODType) 7163 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7164 return; 7165 } 7166 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7167 } 7168 7169 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7170 7171 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7172 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7173 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7174 unsigned diag; 7175 if (isReferenceType) { 7176 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7177 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7178 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7179 } else { 7180 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7181 } 7182 7183 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7184 S.PDiag(diag) 7185 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7186 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7187 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7188 } 7189 }; 7190 7191 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7192 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7193 bool DirectInit) { 7194 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7195 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7196 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7197 return; 7198 7199 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7200 7201 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 7202 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 7203 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 7204 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 7205 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 7206 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 7207 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 7208 return; 7209 7210 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 7211 } 7212} 7213 7214/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 7215/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 7216/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 7217void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 7218 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7219 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 7220 // the initializer. 7221 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7222 return; 7223 7224 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7225 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 7226 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 7227 // Thus this grotesque test. 7228 IntegerLiteral *IL; 7229 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 7230 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 7231 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 7232 else { 7233 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 7234 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 7235 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 7236 } 7237 return; 7238 } 7239 7240 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 7241 if (!VDecl) { 7242 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 7243 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 7244 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7245 return; 7246 } 7247 7248 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 7249 7250 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 7251 AutoType *Auto = 0; 7252 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 7253 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 7254 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 7255 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 7256 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 7257 // contains exactly one expression. 7258 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7259 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 7260 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 7261 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 7262 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 7263 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 7264 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7265 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7266 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7267 return; 7268 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 7269 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 7270 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 7271 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 7272 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 7273 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7274 return; 7275 } else { 7276 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 7277 } 7278 } 7279 7280 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7281 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 7282 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7283 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7284 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7285 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7286 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7287 return; 7288 } 7289 Init = Result.take(); 7290 DefaultedToAuto = true; 7291 } 7292 7293 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 7294 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 7295 DAR_Failed) 7296 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 7297 if (!DeducedType) { 7298 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7299 return; 7300 } 7301 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 7302 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 7303 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 7304 7305 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 7306 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 7307 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7308 7309 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 7310 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 7311 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 7312 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 7313 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 7314 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 7315 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7316 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 7317 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 7318 } 7319 7320 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 7321 // the previously declared type. 7322 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 7323 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false); 7324 } 7325 7326 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 7327 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 7328 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 7329 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7330 return; 7331 } 7332 7333 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 7334 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 7335 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 7336 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 7337 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 7338 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 7339 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 7340 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 7341 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7342 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7343 return; 7344 } 7345 7346 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7347 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 7348 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7349 AbstractVariableType)) 7350 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7351 } 7352 7353 const VarDecl *Def; 7354 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 7355 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7356 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7357 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7358 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7359 return; 7360 } 7361 7362 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 7363 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7364 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 7365 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 7366 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7367 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 7368 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 7369 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 7370 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 7371 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 7372 // 7373 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 7374 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 7375 // declaration with an initializer. 7376 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 7377 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 7378 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 7379 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7380 return; 7381 } 7382 7383 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 7384 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7385 7386 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 7387 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7388 return; 7389 } 7390 } 7391 7392 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 7393 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 7394 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 7395 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 7396 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7397 return; 7398 } 7399 7400 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 7401 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 7402 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 7403 7404 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 7405 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 7406 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 7407 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7408 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 7409 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7410 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7411 return; 7412 } 7413 Init = Result.take(); 7414 } 7415 7416 // Perform the initialization. 7417 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7418 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 7419 InitializationKind Kind 7420 = DirectInit ? 7421 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 7422 Init->getLocStart(), 7423 Init->getLocEnd()) 7424 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 7425 VDecl->getLocation()) 7426 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 7427 Init->getLocStart()); 7428 7429 Expr **Args = &Init; 7430 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 7431 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7432 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 7433 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 7434 } 7435 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 7436 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 7437 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 7438 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7439 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7440 return; 7441 } 7442 7443 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7444 } 7445 7446 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 7447 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 7448 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 7449 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 7450 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 7451 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 7452 } 7453 7454 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 7455 // completed by the initializer. For example: 7456 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 7457 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 7458 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 7459 VDecl->setType(DclT); 7460 7461 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7462 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 7463 7464 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7465 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 7466 7467 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 7468 // Although this code can still have problems: 7469 // id x = self.weakProp; 7470 // id y = self.weakProp; 7471 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 7472 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 7473 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 7474 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 7475 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 7476 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 7477 Init->getLocStart()); 7478 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7479 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 7480 } 7481 } 7482 7483 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 7484 // 7485 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 7486 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 7487 // full-expression. For instance, in: 7488 // 7489 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 7490 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 7491 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 7492 // 7493 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 7494 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 7495 false, 7496 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 7497 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 7498 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7499 return; 7500 } 7501 Init = Result.take(); 7502 7503 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 7504 VDecl->setInit(Init); 7505 7506 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 7507 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 7508 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 7509 // C++ does not have this restriction. 7510 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 7511 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7512 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7513 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 7514 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 7515 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 7516 // 7517 // struct S { 7518 // static const int value = 17; 7519 // }; 7520 7521 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 7522 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 7523 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 7524 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 7525 // 7526 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 7527 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 7528 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 7529 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 7530 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 7531 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 7532 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 7533 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 7534 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 7535 7536 // Do nothing on dependent types. 7537 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 7538 7539 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 7540 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 7541 // type. 7542 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 7543 7544 // Require constness. 7545 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 7546 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 7547 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7548 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7549 7550 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 7551 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7552 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 7553 SourceLocation Loc; 7554 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 7555 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 7556 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 7557 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 7558 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 7559 ; // Nothing to check. 7560 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 7561 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 7562 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7563 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 7564 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 7565 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7566 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7567 } else { 7568 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 7569 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 7570 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7571 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7572 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7573 } 7574 7575 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 7576 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 7577 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 7578 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 7579 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 7580 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 7581 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7582 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7583 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 7584 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 7585 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7586 } else { 7587 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 7588 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7589 7590 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 7591 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 7592 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7593 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7594 } 7595 } 7596 7597 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 7598 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 7599 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 7600 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 7601 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 7602 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 7603 7604 } else { 7605 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 7606 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 7607 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7608 } 7609 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 7610 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 7611 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 7612 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 7613 VDecl->isExternC()))) 7614 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 7615 7616 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 7617 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 7618 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 7619 } 7620 7621 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 7622 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 7623 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 7624 // 7625 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 7626 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 7627 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 7628 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 7629 // special case code. 7630 7631 // C++ 8.5p11: 7632 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 7633 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 7634 // class type. 7635 if (CXXDirectInit) { 7636 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 7637 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7638 } else if (DirectInit) { 7639 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 7640 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 7641 } 7642 7643 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 7644} 7645 7646/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 7647/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 7648/// of sanity. 7649void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 7650 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 7651 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 7652 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7653 7654 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7655 if (!VD) return; 7656 7657 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 7658 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 7659 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7660 return; 7661 } 7662 7663 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 7664 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 7665 7666 // Require a complete type. 7667 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 7668 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 7669 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7670 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7671 return; 7672 } 7673 7674 // Require an abstract type. 7675 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 7676 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7677 AbstractVariableType)) { 7678 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 7679 return; 7680 } 7681 7682 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 7683 // though. 7684} 7685 7686void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 7687 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7688 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 7689 if (RealDecl == 0) 7690 return; 7691 7692 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 7693 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 7694 7695 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 7696 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 7697 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 7698 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 7699 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7700 return; 7701 } 7702 7703 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 7704 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 7705 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 7706 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 7707 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 7708 // member. 7709 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7710 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 7711 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7712 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 7713 << Var->getDeclName(); 7714 else 7715 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 7716 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7717 return; 7718 } 7719 7720 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 7721 case VarDecl::Definition: 7722 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 7723 break; 7724 7725 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 7726 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 7727 // a declaration. 7728 // 7729 // Fall through 7730 7731 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 7732 // It's only a declaration. 7733 7734 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 7735 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 7736 // object shall be complete. 7737 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 7738 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7739 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7740 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 7741 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7742 7743 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7744 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7745 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7746 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7747 AbstractVariableType)) 7748 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7749 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7750 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7751 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7752 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7753 } 7754 7755 return; 7756 7757 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7758 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7759 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7760 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7761 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7762 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7763 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7764 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7765 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7766 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7767 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7768 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7769 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7770 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7771 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7772 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7773 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7774 // NOTE: code such as the following 7775 // static struct s; 7776 // struct s { int a; }; 7777 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7778 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7779 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7780 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7781 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7782 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7783 } 7784 } 7785 7786 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7787 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7788 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7789 return; 7790 } 7791 7792 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7793 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7794 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7795 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7796 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7797 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7798 return; 7799 } 7800 7801 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7802 // definitions with reference type. 7803 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7804 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7805 << Var->getDeclName() 7806 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7807 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7808 return; 7809 } 7810 7811 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7812 // variable with dependent type. 7813 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7814 return; 7815 7816 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7817 return; 7818 7819 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7820 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7821 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7822 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7823 return; 7824 } 7825 7826 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7827 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7828 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7829 AbstractVariableType)) { 7830 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7831 return; 7832 } 7833 7834 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7835 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7836 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7837 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7838 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7839 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7840 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7841 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7842 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7843 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7844 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7845 if (const RecordType *Record 7846 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7847 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7848 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7849 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7850 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7851 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7852 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7853 } 7854 } 7855 7856 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7857 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7858 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7859 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7860 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7861 // type shall have a user-declared default 7862 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7863 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7864 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7865 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7866 // program is ill-formed. 7867 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7868 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7869 // default-initialized; [...]. 7870 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7871 InitializationKind Kind 7872 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7873 7874 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7875 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7876 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7877 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7878 else if (Init.get()) { 7879 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7880 // This is important for template substitution. 7881 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7882 } 7883 7884 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7885 } 7886} 7887 7888void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7889 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7890 if (!VD) { 7891 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7892 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7893 return; 7894 } 7895 7896 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7897 7898 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7899 int Error = -1; 7900 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 7901 case SC_None: 7902 break; 7903 case SC_Extern: 7904 Error = 0; 7905 break; 7906 case SC_Static: 7907 Error = 1; 7908 break; 7909 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7910 Error = 2; 7911 break; 7912 case SC_Auto: 7913 Error = 3; 7914 break; 7915 case SC_Register: 7916 Error = 4; 7917 break; 7918 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7919 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7920 } 7921 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7922 Error = 5; 7923 if (Error != -1) { 7924 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7925 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7926 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7927 } 7928} 7929 7930void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7931 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7932 7933 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7934 // local retaining variable. 7935 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7936 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7937 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7938 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7939 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7940 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7941 break; 7942 7943 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7944 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7945 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7946 break; 7947 } 7948 } 7949 7950 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7951 var->hasExternalLinkage() && 7952 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 7953 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 7954 var->getLocation())) { 7955 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7956 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7957 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7958 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7959 7960 if (!prev) 7961 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7962 } 7963 7964 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7965 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7966 7967 QualType type = var->getType(); 7968 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7969 7970 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7971 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7972 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7973 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7974 7975 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7976 // constructing this copy. 7977 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7978 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 7979 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7980 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7981 ExprResult result 7982 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 7983 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7984 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 7985 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7986 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7987 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7988 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7989 } 7990 } 7991 } 7992 7993 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7994 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7995 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7996 7997 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7998 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7999 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8000 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8001 var->getLocation()) 8002 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 8003 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8004 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8005 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8006 8007 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8008 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8009 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8010 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8011 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8012 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8013 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8014 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8015 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8016 Notes.clear(); 8017 } 8018 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8019 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8020 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8021 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8022 } 8023 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8024 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8025 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8026 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8027 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8028 } 8029 } 8030 8031 // Require the destructor. 8032 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8033 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8034} 8035 8036/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8037/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8038void 8039Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8040 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8041 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8042 8043 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8044 if (!VD) 8045 return; 8046 8047 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8048 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8049 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8050 if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->hasExternalLinkage()) 8051 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8052 8053 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8054 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8055 8056 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8057 // tag values. 8058 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8059 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8060 return; 8061 8062 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8063 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8064 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8065 I != E; ++I) { 8066 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8067 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8068 continue; 8069 } 8070 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8071 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8072 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8073 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8074 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8075 continue; 8076 } 8077 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8078 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8079 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8080 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8081 continue; 8082 } 8083 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8084 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8085 MagicValue, 8086 I->getMatchingCType(), 8087 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8088 I->getMustBeNull()); 8089 } 8090} 8091 8092Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8093Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8094 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8095 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8096 8097 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8098 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8099 8100 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8101 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 8102 Decls.push_back(D); 8103 8104 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) 8105 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) 8106 getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag); 8107 8108 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 8109 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 8110} 8111 8112/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 8113/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 8114Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 8115Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 8116 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8117 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 8118 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 8119 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 8120 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 8121 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 8122 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 8123 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 8124 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 8125 QualType Deduced; 8126 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 8127 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 8128 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 8129 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 8130 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 8131 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 8132 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 8133 break; 8134 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 8135 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 8136 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 8137 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 8138 Deduced = U; 8139 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 8140 DeducedDecl = D; 8141 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 8142 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 8143 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 8144 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 8145 << U << D->getDeclName() 8146 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 8147 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 8148 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8149 break; 8150 } 8151 } 8152 } 8153 } 8154 } 8155 8156 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 8157 8158 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 8159} 8160 8161void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 8162 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 8163} 8164 8165void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 8166 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 8167 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 8168 return; 8169 8170 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 8171 Group[0]->getLocation()) 8172 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8173 return; 8174 8175 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 8176 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 8177 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 8178 // additional declaration references: 8179 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 8180 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 8181 // 'struct S *pS;' 8182 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 8183 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 8184 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 8185 Group++; 8186 NumDecls--; 8187 } 8188 } 8189 8190 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 8191 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 8192 if (!Comments.empty() && 8193 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 8194 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 8195 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 8196 // 8197 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 8198 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 8199 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 8200 // ahead through comments. 8201 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 8202 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 8203 } 8204} 8205 8206/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 8207/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 8208Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 8209 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 8210 8211 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 8212 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 8213 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 8214 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 8215 StorageClass = SC_Register; 8216 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8217 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 8218 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 8219 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 8220 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8221 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 8222 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8223 } 8224 8225 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 8226 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 8227 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 8228 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8229 << 0; 8230 8231 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 8232 8233 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8234 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 8235 8236 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8237 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 8238 // parameter. 8239 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8240 8241 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 8242 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8243 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 8244 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8245 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 8246 } 8247 } 8248 8249 // Ensure we have a valid name 8250 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 8251 if (D.hasName()) { 8252 II = D.getIdentifier(); 8253 if (!II) { 8254 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 8255 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 8256 D.setInvalidType(true); 8257 } 8258 } 8259 8260 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 8261 if (II) { 8262 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 8263 ForRedeclaration); 8264 LookupName(R, S); 8265 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 8266 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 8267 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8268 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8269 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8270 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8271 PrevDecl = 0; 8272 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 8273 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 8274 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8275 8276 // Recover by removing the name 8277 II = 0; 8278 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8279 D.setInvalidType(true); 8280 } 8281 } 8282 } 8283 8284 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 8285 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 8286 // looking like class members in C++. 8287 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 8288 D.getLocStart(), 8289 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 8290 parmDeclType, TInfo, 8291 StorageClass); 8292 8293 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8294 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8295 8296 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 8297 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 8298 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 8299 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 8300 8301 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 8302 S->AddDecl(New); 8303 if (II) 8304 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 8305 8306 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 8307 8308 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8309 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8310 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 8311 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8312 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8313 8314 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8315 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 8316 } 8317 return New; 8318} 8319 8320/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 8321/// typedef. 8322ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 8323 SourceLocation Loc, 8324 QualType T) { 8325 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 8326 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 8327 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 8328 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 8329 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 8330 SC_None, 0); 8331 Param->setImplicit(); 8332 return Param; 8333} 8334 8335void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8336 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 8337 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 8338 // will already have done so in the template itself. 8339 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 8340 return; 8341 8342 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8343 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 8344 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 8345 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 8346 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 8347 } 8348 } 8349} 8350 8351void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 8352 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 8353 QualType ReturnTy, 8354 NamedDecl *D) { 8355 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 8356 return; 8357 8358 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8359 // threshold. 8360 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 8361 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 8362 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8363 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 8364 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 8365 } 8366 8367 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 8368 // threshold. 8369 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 8370 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 8371 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 8372 continue; 8373 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 8374 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 8375 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 8376 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 8377 } 8378} 8379 8380ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 8381 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 8382 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 8383 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 8384 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 8385 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8386 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 8387 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8388 8389 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 8390 8391 // Special cases for arrays: 8392 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 8393 // - otherwise, it's an error 8394 if (T->isArrayType()) { 8395 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 8396 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 8397 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 8398 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 8399 } 8400 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 8401 } else { 8402 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 8403 } 8404 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 8405 } 8406 8407 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 8408 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 8409 TSInfo, 8410 StorageClass, 0); 8411 8412 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 8413 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8414 // the class has been completely parsed. 8415 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 8416 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8417 AbstractParamType)) 8418 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8419 8420 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 8421 // passed by reference. 8422 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 8423 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 8424 Diag(NameLoc, 8425 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 8426 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 8427 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 8428 New->setType(T); 8429 } 8430 8431 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 8432 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 8433 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 8434 // an address space. 8435 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 8436 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 8437 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8438 } 8439 8440 return New; 8441} 8442 8443void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 8444 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 8445 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8446 8447 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 8448 // for a K&R function. 8449 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 8450 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 8451 --i; 8452 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 8453 SmallString<256> Code; 8454 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 8455 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 8456 << ";\n"; 8457 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 8458 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 8459 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 8460 8461 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 8462 // type. 8463 AttributeFactory attrs; 8464 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 8465 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 8466 unsigned DiagID; // unused 8467 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 8468 PrevSpec, DiagID); 8469 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 8470 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8471 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8472 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 8473 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 8474 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 8475 } 8476 } 8477 } 8478} 8479 8480Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 8481 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 8482 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 8483 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 8484 8485 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 8486 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 8487 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 8488} 8489 8490static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 8491 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8492 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 8493 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8494 return false; 8495 8496 // Or declarations that aren't global. 8497 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 8498 return false; 8499 8500 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 8501 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 8502 return false; 8503 8504 // Don't warn about 'main'. 8505 if (FD->isMain()) 8506 return false; 8507 8508 // Don't warn about inline functions. 8509 if (FD->isInlined()) 8510 return false; 8511 8512 // Don't warn about function templates. 8513 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 8514 return false; 8515 8516 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 8517 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 8518 return false; 8519 8520 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 8521 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 8522 return false; 8523 8524 bool MissingPrototype = true; 8525 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 8526 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 8527 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 8528 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 8529 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8530 continue; 8531 8532 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 8533 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 8534 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 8535 break; 8536 } 8537 8538 return MissingPrototype; 8539} 8540 8541void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8542 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 8543 // was an extern inline function. 8544 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 8545 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 8546 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 8547 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 8548 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 8549 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 8550 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 8551 else 8552 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 8553 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8554 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8555 } 8556} 8557 8558Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 8559 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 8560 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 8561 8562 if (!D) 8563 return D; 8564 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8565 8566 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8567 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8568 else 8569 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8570 8571 // Enter a new function scope 8572 PushFunctionScope(); 8573 8574 // See if this is a redefinition. 8575 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 8576 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 8577 8578 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 8579 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8580 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 8581 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 8582 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8583 } 8584 } 8585 8586 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 8587 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 8588 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 8589 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 8590 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8591 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 8592 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 8593 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8594 8595 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 8596 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 8597 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 8598 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 8599 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 8600 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 8601 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 8602 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 8603 8604 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 8605 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 8606 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 8607 TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo(); 8608 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 8609 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 8610 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 8611 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 8612 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 8613 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 8614 } 8615 } 8616 8617 if (FnBodyScope) 8618 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 8619 8620 // Check the validity of our function parameters 8621 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8622 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 8623 8624 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 8625 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 8626 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 8627 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 8628 8629 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8630 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 8631 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 8632 8633 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 8634 } 8635 } 8636 8637 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 8638 // introduce them into the function scope. 8639 if (FnBodyScope) { 8640 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 8641 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 8642 NamedDecl *D = *I; 8643 8644 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 8645 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 8646 // and reattach to the current context. 8647 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 8648 // Is the decl actually in the context? 8649 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 8650 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 8651 if (*DI == D) { 8652 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 8653 break; 8654 } 8655 } 8656 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 8657 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8658 } 8659 8660 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 8661 if (!D->getName().empty()) 8662 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8663 8664 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 8665 // accessible in this scope. 8666 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 8667 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 8668 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 8669 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 8670 } 8671 } 8672 } 8673 8674 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 8675 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 8676 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 8677 8678 // Checking attributes of current function definition 8679 // dllimport attribute. 8680 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 8681 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 8682 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 8683 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 8684 if (!DA->isInherited() && 8685 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 8686 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8687 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 8688 << "dllimport"; 8689 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8690 return D; 8691 } 8692 8693 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 8694 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 8695 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 8696 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 8697 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 8698 // emitted. 8699 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8700 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 8701 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 8702 } 8703 } 8704 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 8705 // a function template). 8706 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 8707 return D; 8708} 8709 8710/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 8711/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 8712/// optimization. 8713/// 8714/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 8715/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 8716/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 8717/// use the named return value optimization. 8718/// 8719/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 8720/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 8721/// the NRVO variable. 8722/// 8723/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 8724/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 8725/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 8726void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 8727 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 8728 8729 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 8730 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 8731 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8732 return; 8733 8734 if (!NRVOCandidate) 8735 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 8736 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 8737 return; 8738 } 8739 8740 if (NRVOCandidate) 8741 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 8742} 8743 8744bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 8745 if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D)) 8746 return false; 8747 8748 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) 8749 return true; 8750 8751 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8752 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 8753 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8754 else 8755 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 8756 8757 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 8758 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 8759 // rest of the file. 8760 return !FD->isConstexpr(); 8761} 8762 8763Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 8764 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 8765 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8766 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 8767 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 8768 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 8769} 8770 8771Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 8772 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 8773} 8774 8775Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 8776 bool IsInstantiation) { 8777 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 8778 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 8779 if (FunTmpl) 8780 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8781 else 8782 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 8783 8784 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 8785 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 8786 8787 if (FD) { 8788 FD->setBody(Body); 8789 8790 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 8791 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 8792 // is the first declaration. 8793 if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 8794 if (FD->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 8795 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8796 else if (FD->isInlined() && 8797 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 8798 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 8799 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 8800 } 8801 8802 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 8803 // don't complain about missing return statements. 8804 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 8805 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 8806 8807 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 8808 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 8809 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 8810 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 8811 8812 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8813 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8814 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8815 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8816 8817 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8818 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8819 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8820 8821 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8822 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8823 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8824 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8825 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8826 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8827 } 8828 8829 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8830 "Function parsing confused"); 8831 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8832 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8833 MD->setBody(Body); 8834 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8835 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8836 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8837 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8838 8839 if (Body) 8840 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8841 } 8842 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8843 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8844 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8845 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8846 } 8847 } else { 8848 return 0; 8849 } 8850 8851 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8852 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8853 "handled in the block above."); 8854 8855 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8856 if (Body) { 8857 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8858 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8859 // Verify this. 8860 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8861 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8862 8863 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8864 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8865 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8866 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8867 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8868 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8869 8870 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8871 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8872 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8873 8874 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8875 Destructor->getParent()); 8876 } 8877 8878 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8879 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8880 // deletion in some later function. 8881 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8882 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8883 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8884 } 8885 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 8886 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8887 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8888 // enabled. 8889 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8890 } 8891 8892 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8893 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8894 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8895 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8896 8897 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8898 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8899 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8900 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8901 } 8902 8903 if (!IsInstantiation) 8904 PopDeclContext(); 8905 8906 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8907 8908 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8909 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8910 // deletion in some later function. 8911 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8912 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8913 } 8914 8915 return dcl; 8916} 8917 8918 8919/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8920/// relevant Decl. 8921void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8922 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8923 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8924 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8925 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8926 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8927 8928 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8929 if (Method->isStatic()) 8930 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8931} 8932 8933 8934/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8935/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8936NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8937 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8938 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8939 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8940 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8941 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8942 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8943 = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 8944 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) { 8945 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8946 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8947 return Pos->second; 8948 } 8949 8950 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8951 unsigned diag_id; 8952 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8953 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8954 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8955 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8956 else 8957 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8958 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8959 8960 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8961 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8962 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8963 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8964 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8965 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8966 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8967 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8968 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8969 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8970 8971 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8972 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8973 8974 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8975 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8976 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8977 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8978 } 8979 } 8980 8981 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8982 const char *Dummy; 8983 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8984 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8985 unsigned DiagID; 8986 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8987 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8988 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8989 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8990 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8991 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8992 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8993 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8994 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8995 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8996 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8997 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8998 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8999 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9000 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9001 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9002 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9003 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9004 EST_None, 9005 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9006 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9007 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9008 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9009 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9010 Loc, Loc, D), 9011 DS.getAttributes(), 9012 SourceLocation()); 9013 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9014 9015 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9016 9017 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9018 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9019 9020 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9021 FD->setImplicit(); 9022 9023 CurContext = PrevDC; 9024 9025 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 9026 9027 return FD; 9028} 9029 9030/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 9031/// the declaration of this function. 9032/// 9033/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 9034/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 9035/// like NSLog or printf. 9036/// 9037/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 9038/// attributes are applied to declarations. 9039void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9040 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9041 return; 9042 9043 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 9044 // actual attributes. 9045 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9046 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 9047 unsigned FormatIdx; 9048 bool HasVAListArg; 9049 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 9050 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 9051 const char *fmt = "printf"; 9052 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 9053 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 9054 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9055 fmt = "NSString"; 9056 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9057 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 9058 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9059 } 9060 } 9061 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 9062 HasVAListArg)) { 9063 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9064 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9065 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 9066 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 9067 } 9068 9069 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 9070 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 9071 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 9072 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 9073 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 9074 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9075 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9076 } 9077 9078 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 9079 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 9080 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9081 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 9082 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9083 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 9084 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 9085 } 9086 9087 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 9088 if (!Name) 9089 return; 9090 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9091 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 9092 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 9093 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 9094 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 9095 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 9096 // about. 9097 } else 9098 return; 9099 9100 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 9101 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 9102 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 9103 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 9104 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 9105 "printf", 2, 9106 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 9107 } 9108 9109 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 9110 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 9111 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 9112 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 9113 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 9114 } 9115} 9116 9117TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 9118 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 9119 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 9120 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 9121 9122 if (!TInfo) { 9123 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 9124 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 9125 } 9126 9127 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 9128 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9129 D.getLocStart(), 9130 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 9131 D.getIdentifier(), 9132 TInfo); 9133 9134 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 9135 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 9136 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 9137 return NewTD; 9138 } 9139 9140 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 9141 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9142 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9143 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 9144 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9145 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9146 else 9147 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 9148 } 9149 9150 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 9151 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 9152 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 9153 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 9154 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 9155 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 9156 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 9157 case TST_enum: 9158 case TST_struct: 9159 case TST_interface: 9160 case TST_union: 9161 case TST_class: { 9162 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 9163 9164 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 9165 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 9166 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 9167 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 9168 9169 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 9170 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 9171 9172 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 9173 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 9174 break; 9175 9176 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 9177 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 9178 break; 9179 } 9180 9181 default: 9182 break; 9183 } 9184 9185 return NewTD; 9186} 9187 9188 9189/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 9190bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 9191 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9192 QualType T = TI->getType(); 9193 9194 if (T->isDependentType()) 9195 return false; 9196 9197 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 9198 if (BT->isInteger()) 9199 return false; 9200 9201 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 9202 return true; 9203} 9204 9205/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 9206/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 9207bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 9208 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 9209 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 9210 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 9211 9212 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 9213 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 9214 << Prev->isScoped(); 9215 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9216 return true; 9217 } 9218 9219 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 9220 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 9221 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 9222 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 9223 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 9224 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 9225 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 9226 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9227 return true; 9228 } 9229 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 9230 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 9231 << Prev->isFixed(); 9232 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9233 return true; 9234 } 9235 9236 return false; 9237} 9238 9239/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 9240/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 9241/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 9242/// 9243/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 9244static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 9245 switch (Tag) { 9246 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 9247 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 9248 case TTK_Class: return 2; 9249 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 9250 } 9251} 9252 9253/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 9254/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 9255/// 9256/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 9257static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 9258{ 9259 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 9260} 9261 9262/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 9263/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 9264/// 9265/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 9266bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 9267 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 9268 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 9269 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 9270 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 9271 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 9272 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 9273 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 9274 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 9275 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 9276 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 9277 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 9278 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 9279 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 9280 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 9281 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 9282 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 9283 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 9284 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 9285 if (OldTag == NewTag) 9286 return true; 9287 9288 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 9289 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 9290 bool isTemplate = false; 9291 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 9292 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9293 9294 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9295 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 9296 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 9297 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9298 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9299 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9300 return true; 9301 } 9302 9303 if (isDefinition) { 9304 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 9305 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 9306 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9307 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 9308 return true; 9309 } 9310 9311 bool previousMismatch = false; 9312 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 9313 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 9314 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 9315 if (!previousMismatch) { 9316 previousMismatch = true; 9317 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 9318 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9319 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 9320 } 9321 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9322 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 9323 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 9324 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 9325 } 9326 } 9327 return true; 9328 } 9329 9330 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 9331 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 9332 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 9333 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 9334 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 9335 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 9336 return true; 9337 } 9338 9339 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 9340 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 9341 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 9342 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9343 9344 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 9345 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 9346 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 9347 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 9348 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 9349 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 9350 } 9351 9352 return true; 9353 } 9354 return false; 9355} 9356 9357/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 9358/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 9359/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 9360/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 9361Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 9362 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 9363 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 9364 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 9365 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 9366 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 9367 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 9368 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 9369 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 9370 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 9371 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 9372 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 9373 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 9374 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 9375 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 9376 9377 OwnedDecl = false; 9378 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 9379 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 9380 9381 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 9382 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 9383 bool Invalid = false; 9384 9385 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 9386 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 9387 // for non-C++ cases. 9388 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 9389 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 9390 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 9391 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 9392 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 9393 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9394 TUK == TUK_Friend, 9395 isExplicitSpecialization, 9396 Invalid)) { 9397 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9398 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 9399 return 0; 9400 } 9401 9402 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 9403 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 9404 // be a member of another template). 9405 9406 if (Invalid) 9407 return 0; 9408 9409 OwnedDecl = false; 9410 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 9411 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 9412 TemplateParams, AS, 9413 ModulePrivateLoc, 9414 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 9415 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9416 return Result.get(); 9417 } else { 9418 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 9419 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 9420 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 9421 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 9422 } 9423 } 9424 } 9425 9426 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 9427 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 9428 // redeclaration. 9429 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 9430 9431 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9432 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 9433 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 9434 // type, default to int. 9435 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9436 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 9437 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 9438 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 9439 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 9440 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 9441 EnumUnderlying = TI; 9442 9443 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 9444 // Recover by falling back to int. 9445 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9446 9447 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 9448 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 9449 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9450 9451 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9452 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 9453 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 9454 } 9455 9456 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 9457 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 9458 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 9459 9460 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 9461 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 9462 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 9463 9464 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 9465 9466 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9467 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 9468 9469 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 9470 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 9471 Name = 0; 9472 goto CreateNewDecl; 9473 } 9474 9475 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 9476 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 9477 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9478 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 9479 if (!DC) { 9480 IsDependent = true; 9481 return 0; 9482 } 9483 } else { 9484 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 9485 if (!DC) { 9486 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 9487 << SS.getRange(); 9488 return 0; 9489 } 9490 } 9491 9492 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 9493 return 0; 9494 9495 SearchDC = DC; 9496 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 9497 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 9498 9499 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9500 return 0; 9501 9502 if (Previous.empty()) { 9503 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 9504 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 9505 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 9506 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 9507 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 9508 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 9509 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 9510 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9511 IsDependent = true; 9512 return 0; 9513 } 9514 9515 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 9516 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 9517 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 9518 Name = 0; 9519 Invalid = true; 9520 goto CreateNewDecl; 9521 } 9522 } else if (Name) { 9523 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 9524 // declaration or definition. 9525 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 9526 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 9527 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 9528 LookupName(Previous, S); 9529 9530 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 9531 // by types using'ed into this scope. 9532 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 9533 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 9534 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9535 while (F.hasNext()) { 9536 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9537 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 9538 F.erase(); 9539 } 9540 F.done(); 9541 } 9542 9543 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 9544 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 9545 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 9546 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 9547 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 9548 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 9549 // 9550 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 9551 // semantic context? 9552 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9553 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9554 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 9555 while (F.hasNext()) { 9556 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 9557 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9558 if (DC->isFileContext() && !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) 9559 F.erase(); 9560 } 9561 F.done(); 9562 } 9563 9564 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 9565 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 9566 return 0; 9567 9568 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 9569 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 9570 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 9571 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 9572 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 9573 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 9574 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9575 } 9576 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 9577 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 9578 // initial context to the translation unit. 9579 // FIXME: [citation needed] 9580 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9581 } 9582 9583 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 9584 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 9585 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9586 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9587 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9588 Previous.clear(); 9589 } 9590 9591 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 9592 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 9593 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 9594 isStdBadAlloc = true; 9595 9596 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 9597 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 9598 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 9599 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 9600 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 9601 } 9602 } 9603 9604 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 9605 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 9606 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 9607 // there's a shadow friend decl. 9608 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 9609 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 9610 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 9611 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 9612 9613 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 9614 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 9615 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 9616 // 9617 // class-key identifier 9618 // 9619 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 9620 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 9621 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 9622 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 9623 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 9624 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 9625 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 9626 // declaration. 9627 // 9628 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 9629 // C structs and unions. 9630 // 9631 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 9632 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 9633 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 9634 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 9635 // 9636 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 9637 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 9638 // 9639 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 9640 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 9641 // lexical context, 9642 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9643 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 9644 9645 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 9646 while (S->isClassScope() || 9647 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9648 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 9649 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 9650 (S->getEntity() && 9651 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 9652 S = S->getParent(); 9653 } else { 9654 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 9655 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 9656 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 9657 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 9658 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 9659 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 9660 } 9661 9662 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 9663 // diagnose some problems. 9664 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9665 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 9666 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 9667 } 9668 } 9669 9670 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9671 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 9672 9673 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 9674 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 9675 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 9676 // in C++. 9677 // 9678 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 9679 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 9680 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 9681 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 9682 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9683 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9684 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 9685 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 9686 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 9687 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 9688 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 9689 PrevDecl = Tag; 9690 Previous.clear(); 9691 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 9692 Previous.resolveKind(); 9693 } 9694 } 9695 } 9696 } 9697 9698 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9699 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 9700 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 9701 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 9702 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 9703 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9704 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 9705 // struct or something similar. 9706 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 9707 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 9708 *Name)) { 9709 bool SafeToContinue 9710 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 9711 Kind != TTK_Enum); 9712 if (SafeToContinue) 9713 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 9714 << Name 9715 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 9716 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 9717 else 9718 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 9719 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 9720 9721 if (SafeToContinue) 9722 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 9723 else { 9724 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 9725 Name = 0; 9726 Previous.clear(); 9727 Invalid = true; 9728 } 9729 } 9730 9731 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 9732 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 9733 9734 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 9735 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 9736 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9737 if (ScopedEnum) 9738 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 9739 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 9740 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 9741 return PrevTagDecl; 9742 } 9743 9744 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 9745 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9746 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 9747 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 9748 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 9749 9750 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 9751 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 9752 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 9753 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 9754 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 9755 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 9756 } 9757 9758 if (!Invalid) { 9759 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 9760 9761 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 9762 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 9763 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 9764 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 9765 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 9766 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 9767 return PrevTagDecl; 9768 9769 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 9770 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9771 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 9772 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 9773 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 9774 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 9775 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 9776 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 9777 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 9778 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9779 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9780 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9781 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 9782 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 9783 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 9784 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 9785 } 9786 9787 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 9788 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 9789 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 9790 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 9791 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 9792 else 9793 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 9794 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9795 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 9796 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 9797 // references get the previous definition. 9798 Name = 0; 9799 Previous.clear(); 9800 Invalid = true; 9801 } 9802 } else { 9803 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 9804 // about a nested redefinition. 9805 const TagType *Tag 9806 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 9807 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9808 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 9809 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 9810 diag::note_previous_definition); 9811 Name = 0; 9812 Previous.clear(); 9813 Invalid = true; 9814 } 9815 } 9816 9817 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 9818 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 9819 } 9820 } 9821 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 9822 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 9823 9824 } else { 9825 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 9826 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 9827 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 9828 // have distinct types. 9829 Previous.clear(); 9830 } 9831 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 9832 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 9833 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 9834 9835 9836 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 9837 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 9838 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 9839 } else { 9840 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 9841 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 9842 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 9843 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 9844 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 9845 unsigned Kind = 0; 9846 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9847 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9848 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9849 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9850 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9851 Invalid = true; 9852 9853 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9854 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9855 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9856 // do nothing 9857 9858 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9859 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9860 unsigned Kind = 0; 9861 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9862 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9863 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9864 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9865 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9866 Invalid = true; 9867 9868 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9869 // case here. 9870 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9871 unsigned Kind = 0; 9872 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9873 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9874 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9875 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9876 Invalid = true; 9877 9878 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9879 } else { 9880 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9881 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9882 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9883 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9884 Name = 0; 9885 Invalid = true; 9886 } 9887 9888 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9889 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9890 Previous.clear(); 9891 } 9892 } 9893 9894CreateNewDecl: 9895 9896 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9897 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9898 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9899 9900 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9901 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9902 // keyword. 9903 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9904 9905 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9906 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9907 // PrevDecl. 9908 TagDecl *New; 9909 9910 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9911 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9912 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9913 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9914 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9915 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9916 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9917 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9918 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9919 TagDecl *Def; 9920 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 9921 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9922 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9923 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9924 } 9925 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9926 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9927 << New; 9928 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9929 } else { 9930 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9931 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9932 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9933 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9934 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9935 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9936 9937 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9938 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9939 // the declaration context. 9940 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9941 IsForwardReference = true; 9942 } 9943 } 9944 9945 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9946 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9947 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9948 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9949 else 9950 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9951 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9952 } 9953 9954 } else { 9955 // struct/union/class 9956 9957 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9958 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9959 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9960 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9961 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9962 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9963 9964 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9965 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9966 } else 9967 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9968 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9969 } 9970 9971 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9972 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9973 if (SS.isSet()) { 9974 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9975 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9976 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9977 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9978 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9979 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9980 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9981 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9982 Invalid = true; 9983 9984 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9985 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9986 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9987 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9988 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9989 } 9990 } 9991 else 9992 Invalid = true; 9993 } 9994 9995 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9996 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9997 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9998 // 9999 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 10000 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 10001 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 10002 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 10003 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 10004 // parsing of the struct). 10005 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10006 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 10007 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 10008 } 10009 } 10010 10011 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 10012 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 10013 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 10014 << 2 10015 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 10016 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 10017 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 10018 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 10019 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10020 New->setModulePrivate(); 10021 } 10022 10023 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 10024 // check the specialization. 10025 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 10026 Invalid = true; 10027 10028 if (Invalid) 10029 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10030 10031 if (Attr) 10032 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10033 10034 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 10035 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 10036 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10037 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10038 10039 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 10040 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 10041 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10042 10043 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 10044 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 10045 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 10046 // the tag name visible. 10047 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 10048 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 10049 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 10050 10051 // Set the access specifier. 10052 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 10053 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 10054 10055 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 10056 New->startDefinition(); 10057 10058 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10059 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10060 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 10061 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 10062 if (PrevDecl) 10063 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 10064 10065 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10066 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10067 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 10068 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 10069 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 10070 } else if (Name) { 10071 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10072 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 10073 if (IsForwardReference) 10074 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 10075 10076 } else { 10077 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10078 } 10079 10080 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 10081 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 10082 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 10083 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 10084 II->isStr("FILE")) 10085 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 10086 10087 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 10088 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 10089 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10090 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 10091 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 10092 10093 if (PrevDecl) 10094 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 10095 10096 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10097 // record. 10098 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 10099 10100 OwnedDecl = true; 10101 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 10102 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 10103 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 10104} 10105 10106void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10107 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10108 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10109 10110 // Enter the tag context. 10111 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 10112 10113 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 10114 10115 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 10116 // record. 10117 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 10118} 10119 10120Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 10121 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 10122 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 10123 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 10124 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 10125 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 10126 CurContext = OCD; 10127 return IDecl; 10128} 10129 10130void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10131 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 10132 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 10133 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10134 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 10135 10136 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 10137 10138 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 10139 return; 10140 10141 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 10142 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 10143 10144 // C++ [class]p2: 10145 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 10146 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 10147 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 10148 // as if it were a public member name. 10149 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 10150 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 10151 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 10152 Record->getIdentifier(), 10153 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 10154 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 10155 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 10156 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 10157 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 10158 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 10159 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 10160 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 10161 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 10162 "Broken injected-class-name"); 10163} 10164 10165void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 10166 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 10167 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10168 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10169 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 10170 10171 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10172 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10173 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 10174 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10175 RD->completeDefinition(); 10176 } 10177 10178 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 10179 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 10180 10181 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 10182 PopDeclContext(); 10183 10184 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10185 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 10186 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 10187 10188 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 10189 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 10190} 10191 10192void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 10193 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 10194 PopDeclContext(); 10195} 10196 10197void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10198 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 10199 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 10200 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 10201} 10202 10203void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 10204 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 10205 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 10206} 10207 10208void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 10209 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 10210 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 10211 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 10212 10213 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 10214 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10215 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 10216 RD->completeDefinition(); 10217 } 10218 10219 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 10220 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 10221 // the FieldCollector. 10222 10223 PopDeclContext(); 10224} 10225 10226// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 10227ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 10228 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 10229 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 10230 bool *ZeroWidth) { 10231 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 10232 if (ZeroWidth) 10233 *ZeroWidth = true; 10234 10235 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 10236 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 10237 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10238 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 10239 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 10240 return ExprError(); 10241 if (FieldName) 10242 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 10243 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10244 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 10245 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 10246 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 10247 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 10248 return ExprError(); 10249 10250 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 10251 // it now. 10252 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 10253 return Owned(BitWidth); 10254 10255 llvm::APSInt Value; 10256 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 10257 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 10258 return ICE; 10259 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 10260 10261 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 10262 *ZeroWidth = false; 10263 10264 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 10265 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 10266 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 10267 10268 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 10269 if (FieldName) 10270 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10271 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 10272 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 10273 << Value.toString(10); 10274 } 10275 10276 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 10277 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 10278 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 10279 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10280 if (FieldName) 10281 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10282 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10283 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10284 10285 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10286 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10287 } 10288 10289 if (FieldName) 10290 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10291 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 10292 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10293 else 10294 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 10295 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 10296 } 10297 } 10298 10299 return Owned(BitWidth); 10300} 10301 10302/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 10303/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 10304Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 10305 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 10306 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 10307 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 10308 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 10309 return Res; 10310} 10311 10312/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 10313/// 10314FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 10315 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10316 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 10317 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10318 AccessSpecifier AS) { 10319 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10320 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10321 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10322 10323 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10324 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10325 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10326 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10327 10328 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 10329 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 10330 D.setInvalidType(); 10331 T = Context.IntTy; 10332 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 10333 } 10334 } 10335 10336 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 10337 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 10338 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 10339 D.setInvalidType(); 10340 } 10341 10342 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 10343 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 10344 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 10345 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 10346 D.setInvalidType(); 10347 } 10348 10349 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 10350 10351 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 10352 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 10353 10354 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 10355 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10356 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 10357 LookupName(Previous, S); 10358 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 10359 case LookupResult::Found: 10360 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 10361 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 10362 break; 10363 10364 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 10365 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10366 break; 10367 10368 case LookupResult::NotFound: 10369 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 10370 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 10371 break; 10372 } 10373 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 10374 10375 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10376 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10377 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10378 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10379 PrevDecl = 0; 10380 } 10381 10382 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 10383 PrevDecl = 0; 10384 10385 bool Mutable 10386 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 10387 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 10388 FieldDecl *NewFD 10389 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 10390 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 10391 10392 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 10393 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10394 10395 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10396 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 10397 10398 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 10399 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 10400 // with the same name in the same scope. 10401 } else if (II) { 10402 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 10403 } else 10404 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 10405 10406 return NewFD; 10407} 10408 10409/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 10410/// 10411/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 10412/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 10413/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 10414/// created. 10415/// 10416/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 10417/// 10418/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 10419FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 10420 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 10421 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 10422 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 10423 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 10424 SourceLocation TSSL, 10425 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 10426 Declarator *D) { 10427 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 10428 bool InvalidDecl = false; 10429 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 10430 10431 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 10432 // marking this declaration as invalid. 10433 if (T.isNull()) { 10434 InvalidDecl = true; 10435 T = Context.IntTy; 10436 } 10437 10438 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 10439 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10440 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10441 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 10442 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10443 InvalidDecl = true; 10444 } else { 10445 NamedDecl *Def; 10446 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 10447 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 10448 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10449 InvalidDecl = true; 10450 } 10451 } 10452 } 10453 10454 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 10455 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10456 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 10457 InvalidDecl = true; 10458 } 10459 10460 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10461 // than a variably modified type. 10462 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10463 bool SizeIsNegative; 10464 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 10465 10466 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 10467 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 10468 SizeIsNegative, 10469 Oversized); 10470 if (FixedTInfo) { 10471 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 10472 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 10473 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 10474 } else { 10475 if (SizeIsNegative) 10476 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 10477 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 10478 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 10479 << Oversized.toString(10); 10480 else 10481 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 10482 InvalidDecl = true; 10483 } 10484 } 10485 10486 // Fields can not have abstract class types 10487 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 10488 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10489 AbstractFieldType)) 10490 InvalidDecl = true; 10491 10492 bool ZeroWidth = false; 10493 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 10494 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 10495 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 10496 if (!BitWidth) { 10497 InvalidDecl = true; 10498 BitWidth = 0; 10499 ZeroWidth = false; 10500 } 10501 } 10502 10503 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 10504 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 10505 unsigned DiagID = 0; 10506 if (T->isReferenceType()) 10507 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 10508 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 10509 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 10510 10511 if (DiagID) { 10512 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 10513 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 10514 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 10515 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 10516 Mutable = false; 10517 InvalidDecl = true; 10518 } 10519 } 10520 10521 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 10522 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 10523 if (InvalidDecl) 10524 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10525 10526 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10527 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10528 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10529 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10530 } 10531 10532 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10533 if (Record->isUnion()) { 10534 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10535 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10536 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10537 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 10538 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 10539 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 10540 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 10541 // objects. 10542 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 10543 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10544 } 10545 } 10546 10547 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 10548 // the program is ill-formed. 10549 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 10550 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 10551 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 10552 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10553 } 10554 } 10555 } 10556 10557 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 10558 // representation, not a parser representation. 10559 if (D) { 10560 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 10561 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 10562 10563 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 10564 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 10565 } 10566 10567 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 10568 // retainable type. 10569 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 10570 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10571 10572 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 10573 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 10574 10575 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 10576 return NewFD; 10577} 10578 10579bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 10580 assert(FD); 10581 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 10582 10583 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10584 return true; 10585 10586 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10587 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10588 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 10589 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 10590 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 10591 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 10592 // copy constructors. 10593 10594 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 10595 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 10596 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 10597 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 10598 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 10599 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 10600 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 10601 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 10602 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 10603 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 10604 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 10605 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 10606 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 10607 member = CXXDestructor; 10608 10609 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 10610 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 10611 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 10612 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 10613 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 10614 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 10615 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 10616 // members unavailable. 10617 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 10618 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 10619 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 10620 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 10621 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10622 return false; 10623 } 10624 } 10625 10626 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 10627 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 10628 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 10629 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 10630 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 10631 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 10632 } 10633 } 10634 } 10635 10636 return false; 10637} 10638 10639/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 10640/// AST enum value. 10641static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 10642TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 10643 switch (ivarVisibility) { 10644 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 10645 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 10646 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 10647 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 10648 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 10649 } 10650} 10651 10652/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 10653/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 10654Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 10655 SourceLocation DeclStart, 10656 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 10657 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 10658 10659 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 10660 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 10661 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 10662 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 10663 10664 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 10665 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 10666 10667 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10668 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 10669 10670 if (BitWidth) { 10671 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 10672 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 10673 if (!BitWidth) 10674 D.setInvalidType(); 10675 } else { 10676 // Not a bitfield. 10677 10678 // validate II. 10679 10680 } 10681 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 10682 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 10683 D.setInvalidType(); 10684 } 10685 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 10686 // than a variably modified type. 10687 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 10688 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 10689 D.setInvalidType(); 10690 } 10691 10692 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 10693 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 10694 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 10695 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 10696 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 10697 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 10698 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10699 return 0; 10700 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 10701 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10702 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10703 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10704 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10705 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10706 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10707 } 10708 else 10709 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10710 } else { 10711 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10712 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10713 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10714 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10715 return 0; 10716 } 10717 } 10718 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10719 } 10720 10721 // Construct the decl. 10722 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10723 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10724 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10725 10726 if (II) { 10727 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10728 ForRedeclaration); 10729 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10730 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10731 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10732 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10733 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10734 } 10735 } 10736 10737 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10738 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10739 10740 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10741 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10742 10743 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10744 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10745 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10746 10747 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10748 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10749 10750 if (II) { 10751 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10752 // these to the interface. 10753 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10754 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10755 } 10756 10757 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10758 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10759 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10760 10761 return NewID; 10762} 10763 10764/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10765/// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 10766/// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10767/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10768void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10769 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10770 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10771 return; 10772 10773 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10774 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10775 10776 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10777 return; 10778 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10779 if (!ID) { 10780 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10781 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10782 return; 10783 } 10784 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10785 else 10786 return; 10787 } 10788 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10789 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10790 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10791 10792 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10793 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10794 Context.CharTy, 10795 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10796 DeclLoc), 10797 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10798 true); 10799 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10800} 10801 10802void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10803 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10804 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10805 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10806 AttributeList *Attr) { 10807 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10808 10809 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10810 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10811 // it will now change. 10812 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10813 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10814 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10815 default: break; 10816 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10817 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10818 break; 10819 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10820 Context. 10821 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10822 break; 10823 } 10824 } 10825 10826 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10827 10828 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10829 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10830 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10831 if (Record) { 10832 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10833 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10834 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10835 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10836 ++NumNamedMembers; 10837 } 10838 } 10839 10840 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10841 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10842 10843 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10844 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10845 i != end; ++i) { 10846 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10847 10848 // Get the type for the field. 10849 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10850 10851 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10852 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10853 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10854 } 10855 10856 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10857 // diagnostics about it. 10858 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10859 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10860 continue; 10861 } 10862 10863 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10864 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10865 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10866 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10867 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10868 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10869 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10870 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10871 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10872 // array. 10873 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10874 // Field declared as a function. 10875 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10876 << FD->getDeclName(); 10877 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10878 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10879 continue; 10880 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10881 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10882 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10883 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10884 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10885 // Flexible array member. 10886 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10887 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10888 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10889 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10890 if (Record->isUnion()) 10891 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10892 << FD->getDeclName(); 10893 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10894 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10895 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10896 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10897 if (Record->isUnion()) 10898 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10899 << FD->getDeclName(); 10900 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10901 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10902 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10903 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10904 if (Record->isUnion()) 10905 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10906 << FD->getDeclName(); 10907 else 10908 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10909 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10910 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10911 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10912 << FD->getDeclName(); 10913 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10914 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10915 continue; 10916 } 10917 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10918 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10919 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10920 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10921 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10922 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10923 continue; 10924 } 10925 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10926 if (Record) 10927 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10928 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10929 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10930 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10931 // Incomplete type 10932 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10933 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10934 continue; 10935 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10936 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10937 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10938 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10939 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10940 } else { 10941 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10942 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10943 // structures. 10944 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10945 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10946 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10947 else { 10948 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10949 // other structs as an extension. 10950 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10951 << FD->getDeclName(); 10952 if (Record) 10953 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10954 } 10955 } 10956 } 10957 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10958 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10959 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10960 AbstractIvarType)) { 10961 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10962 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10963 } 10964 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10965 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10966 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 10967 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 10968 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10969 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10970 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10971 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10972 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10973 FD->setType(T); 10974 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 10975 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 10976 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10977 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10978 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10979 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10980 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10981 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10982 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10983 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10984 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10985 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10986 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10987 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10988 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10989 } 10990 } else { 10991 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 10992 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 10993 } 10994 ARCErrReported = true; 10995 } 10996 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10997 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10998 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10999 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11000 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 11001 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11002 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 11003 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11004 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 11005 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 11006 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11007 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 11008 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 11009 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 11010 } 11011 } 11012 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 11013 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 11014 // Keep track of the number of named members. 11015 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 11016 ++NumNamedMembers; 11017 } 11018 11019 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 11020 if (Record) { 11021 bool Completed = false; 11022 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 11023 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 11024 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 11025 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 11026 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 11027 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 11028 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 11029 11030 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 11031 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 11032 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11033 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 11034 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 11035 11036 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 11037 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 11038 11039 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 11040 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 11041 // problem now. 11042 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 11043 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 11044 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 11045 11046 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 11047 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 11048 M != MEnd; ++M) { 11049 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 11050 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 11051 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 11052 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 11053 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 11054 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 11055 continue; 11056 11057 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 11058 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 11059 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 11060 // program is ill-formed. 11061 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 11062 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 11063 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 11064 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 11065 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 11066 OM = SO->second.begin(), 11067 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 11068 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 11069 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 11070 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 11071 11072 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11073 } 11074 } 11075 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 11076 Completed = true; 11077 } 11078 } 11079 } 11080 } 11081 11082 if (!Completed) 11083 Record->completeDefinition(); 11084 11085 if (Record->hasAttrs()) 11086 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 11087 } else { 11088 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 11089 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 11090 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11091 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 11092 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 11093 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11094 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 11095 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11096 } 11097 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 11098 // duplicates. 11099 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 11100 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 11101 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11102 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11103 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 11104 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 11105 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 11106 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 11107 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 11108 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 11109 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11110 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11111 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11112 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11113 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 11114 // reported as errors elsewhere. 11115 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 11116 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 11117 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 11118 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 11119 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 11120 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11121 if (IDecl) { 11122 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 11123 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11124 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11125 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11126 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11127 continue; 11128 } 11129 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 11130 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 11131 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 11132 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 11133 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 11134 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 11135 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 11136 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 11137 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11138 continue; 11139 } 11140 } 11141 } 11142 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 11143 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 11144 } 11145 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 11146 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 11147 } 11148 } 11149 11150 if (Attr) 11151 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 11152} 11153 11154/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 11155/// the given type T. 11156static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 11157 llvm::APSInt &Value, 11158 QualType T) { 11159 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11160 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 11161 11162 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 11163 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 11164 --BitWidth; 11165 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 11166 } 11167 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 11168} 11169 11170// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 11171// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 11172static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 11173 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 11174 // enum checking below. 11175 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 11176 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 11177 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11178 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 11179 }; 11180 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 11181 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 11182 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 11183 }; 11184 11185 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 11186 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 11187 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 11188 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 11189 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 11190 return Types[I]; 11191 11192 return QualType(); 11193} 11194 11195EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 11196 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 11197 SourceLocation IdLoc, 11198 IdentifierInfo *Id, 11199 Expr *Val) { 11200 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11201 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 11202 QualType EltTy; 11203 11204 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 11205 Val = 0; 11206 11207 if (Val) 11208 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 11209 11210 if (Val) { 11211 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 11212 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11213 else { 11214 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 11215 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 11216 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11217 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 11218 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 11219 // constant expression of the underlying type. 11220 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11221 ExprResult Converted = 11222 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 11223 CCEK_Enumerator); 11224 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 11225 Val = 0; 11226 else 11227 Val = Converted.take(); 11228 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 11229 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 11230 &EnumVal).take())) { 11231 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 11232 } else { 11233 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11234 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11235 11236 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 11237 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 11238 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 11239 // expression checking. 11240 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11241 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 11242 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11243 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11244 } else 11245 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 11246 } else 11247 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11248 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11249 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 11250 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11251 // is the type of its initializing value: 11252 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 11253 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 11254 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11255 } else { 11256 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 11257 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 11258 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 11259 // representable as an int. 11260 11261 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 11262 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 11263 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11264 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 11265 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 11266 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 11267 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 11268 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 11269 } 11270 EltTy = Val->getType(); 11271 } 11272 } 11273 } 11274 } 11275 11276 if (!Val) { 11277 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 11278 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 11279 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 11280 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11281 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11282 // is the type of its initializing value: 11283 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 11284 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 11285 // 11286 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 11287 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 11288 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11289 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11290 } 11291 else { 11292 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 11293 } 11294 } else { 11295 // Assign the last value + 1. 11296 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11297 ++EnumVal; 11298 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 11299 11300 // Check for overflow on increment. 11301 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 11302 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 11303 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 11304 // is the type of its initializing value: 11305 // 11306 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 11307 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 11308 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 11309 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 11310 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 11311 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 11312 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 11313 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 11314 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 11315 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 11316 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11317 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 11318 ++EnumVal; 11319 if (Enum->isFixed()) 11320 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 11321 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 11322 << EnumVal.toString(10) 11323 << EltTy; 11324 else 11325 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 11326 << EnumVal.toString(10); 11327 } else { 11328 EltTy = T; 11329 } 11330 11331 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 11332 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 11333 // value, then increment. 11334 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 11335 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11336 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11337 ++EnumVal; 11338 11339 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 11340 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 11341 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 11342 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 11343 // integral type. 11344 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 11345 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 11346 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11347 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 11348 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 11349 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 11350 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 11351 } 11352 } 11353 } 11354 11355 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11356 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 11357 // enumerator's type. 11358 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 11359 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 11360 } 11361 11362 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 11363 Val, EnumVal); 11364} 11365 11366 11367Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 11368 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 11369 AttributeList *Attr, 11370 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 11371 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 11372 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 11373 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 11374 11375 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 11376 // we find one that is. 11377 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11378 11379 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 11380 // scope. 11381 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 11382 ForRedeclaration); 11383 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11384 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11385 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 11386 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11387 PrevDecl = 0; 11388 } 11389 11390 if (PrevDecl) { 11391 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 11392 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 11393 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 11394 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 11395 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 11396 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11397 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 11398 else 11399 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 11400 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11401 return 0; 11402 } 11403 } 11404 11405 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 11406 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 11407 // different from T: 11408 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 11409 // enumerated type 11410 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 11411 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 11412 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 11413 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 11414 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 11415 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 11416 11417 EnumConstantDecl *New = 11418 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 11419 11420 if (New) { 11421 // Process attributes. 11422 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11423 11424 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 11425 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 11426 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 11427 } 11428 11429 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 11430 11431 return New; 11432} 11433 11434// Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 11435// duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 11436// Element2 = Element1 11437// Element2 = Element1 + 1 11438// Element2 = Element1 - 1 11439// Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 11440static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 11441 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 11442 if (!InitExpr) 11443 return true; 11444 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 11445 11446 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 11447 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 11448 return true; 11449 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 11450 if (!IL) 11451 return true; 11452 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 11453 return true; 11454 11455 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 11456 } 11457 11458 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 11459 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 11460 if (!DRE) 11461 return true; 11462 11463 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 11464 if (!EnumConstant) 11465 return true; 11466 11467 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 11468 Enum) 11469 return true; 11470 11471 return false; 11472} 11473 11474struct DupKey { 11475 int64_t val; 11476 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 11477 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 11478 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 11479}; 11480 11481static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 11482 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 11483 false); 11484} 11485 11486struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 11487 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 11488 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 11489 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 11490 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 11491 } 11492 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 11493 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 11494 LHS.val == RHS.val; 11495 } 11496}; 11497 11498// Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 11499// a previous element has already been set to. 11500static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements, 11501 unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum, 11502 QualType EnumType) { 11503 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 11504 Enum->getLocation()) == 11505 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 11506 return; 11507 // Avoid anonymous enums 11508 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 11509 return; 11510 11511 // Only check for small enums. 11512 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 11513 return; 11514 11515 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 11516 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 11517 11518 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 11519 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 11520 ValueToVectorMap; 11521 11522 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 11523 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 11524 11525 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 11526 // an initialier. 11527 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 11528 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11529 11530 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 11531 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 11532 if (!ECD) { 11533 return; 11534 } 11535 11536 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 11537 continue; 11538 11539 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11540 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11541 11542 // First time encountering this value. 11543 if (Entry.isNull()) 11544 Entry = ECD; 11545 } 11546 11547 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 11548 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) { 11549 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11550 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 11551 continue; 11552 11553 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 11554 11555 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 11556 if (Entry.isNull()) 11557 continue; 11558 11559 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 11560 // Ensure constants are different. 11561 if (D == ECD) 11562 continue; 11563 11564 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 11565 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 11566 Vec->push_back(D); 11567 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11568 11569 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 11570 Entry = Vec; 11571 11572 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 11573 // diagnostics. 11574 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 11575 continue; 11576 } 11577 11578 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 11579 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 11580 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 11581 continue; 11582 11583 Vec->push_back(ECD); 11584 } 11585 11586 // Emit diagnostics. 11587 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 11588 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 11589 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 11590 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 11591 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 11592 11593 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 11594 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 11595 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 11596 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11597 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11598 ++I; 11599 11600 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 11601 // the same value. 11602 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 11603 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 11604 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 11605 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 11606 delete Vec; 11607 } 11608} 11609 11610void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 11611 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 11612 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 11613 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 11614 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 11615 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 11616 11617 if (Attr) 11618 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 11619 11620 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 11621 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11622 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11623 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11624 if (!ECD) continue; 11625 11626 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11627 } 11628 11629 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 11630 return; 11631 } 11632 11633 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 11634 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 11635 // emit a warning. 11636 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 11637 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 11638 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 11639 11640 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 11641 // reverse the list. 11642 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 11643 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 11644 11645 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 11646 bool AllElementsInt = true; 11647 11648 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11649 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 11650 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11651 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11652 11653 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11654 11655 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 11656 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 11657 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 11658 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 11659 else 11660 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 11661 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 11662 11663 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 11664 if (AllElementsInt) 11665 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 11666 } 11667 11668 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 11669 QualType BestType; 11670 unsigned BestWidth; 11671 11672 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 11673 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 11674 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 11675 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 11676 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 11677 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 11678 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 11679 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 11680 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 11681 QualType BestPromotionType; 11682 11683 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 11684 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 11685 // enum definitions. 11686 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 11687 Packed = true; 11688 11689 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 11690 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 11691 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 11692 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 11693 else 11694 BestPromotionType = BestType; 11695 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 11696 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 11697 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 11698 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11699 } 11700 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 11701 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 11702 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 11703 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11704 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 11705 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 11706 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11707 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 11708 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 11709 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 11710 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11711 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 11712 BestType = Context.IntTy; 11713 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11714 } else { 11715 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 11716 11717 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 11718 BestType = Context.LongTy; 11719 } else { 11720 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11721 11722 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 11723 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 11724 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 11725 } 11726 } 11727 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 11728 } else { 11729 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 11730 // all of the enumerator values. 11731 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 11732 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 11733 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 11734 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11735 BestWidth = CharWidth; 11736 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 11737 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 11738 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 11739 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 11740 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 11741 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 11742 BestWidth = IntWidth; 11743 BestPromotionType 11744 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11745 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 11746 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 11747 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 11748 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 11749 BestPromotionType 11750 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11751 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 11752 } else { 11753 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 11754 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 11755 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 11756 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 11757 BestPromotionType 11758 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11759 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 11760 } 11761 } 11762 11763 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 11764 // the type of the enum if needed. 11765 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 11766 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 11767 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 11768 11769 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 11770 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 11771 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 11772 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 11773 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 11774 11775 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 11776 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 11777 11778 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 11779 // the enum decl type. 11780 QualType NewTy; 11781 unsigned NewWidth; 11782 bool NewSign; 11783 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11784 !Enum->isFixed() && 11785 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 11786 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 11787 NewWidth = IntWidth; 11788 NewSign = true; 11789 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 11790 // Already the right type! 11791 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11792 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11793 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11794 // enumeration. 11795 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11796 continue; 11797 } else { 11798 NewTy = BestType; 11799 NewWidth = BestWidth; 11800 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 11801 } 11802 11803 // Adjust the APSInt value. 11804 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 11805 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 11806 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 11807 11808 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 11809 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 11810 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 11811 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 11812 CK_IntegralCast, 11813 ECD->getInitExpr(), 11814 /*base paths*/ 0, 11815 VK_RValue)); 11816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11817 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 11818 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 11819 // enumeration. 11820 ECD->setType(EnumType); 11821 else 11822 ECD->setType(NewTy); 11823 } 11824 11825 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 11826 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 11827 11828 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 11829 // it needs to go into the function scope. 11830 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 11831 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 11832 11833 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType); 11834 11835 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 11836 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 11837 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 11838} 11839 11840Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 11841 SourceLocation StartLoc, 11842 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 11843 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 11844 11845 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11846 AsmString, StartLoc, 11847 EndLoc); 11848 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11849 return New; 11850} 11851 11852DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 11853 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 11854 ModuleIdPath Path) { 11855 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 11856 Module::AllVisible, 11857 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 11858 if (!Mod) 11859 return true; 11860 11861 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 11862 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 11863 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 11864 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 11865 // We need the length to be consistent. 11866 if (!ModCheck) 11867 break; 11868 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 11869 11870 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 11871 } 11872 11873 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 11874 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11875 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 11876 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 11877 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 11878 return Import; 11879} 11880 11881void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 11882 // Create the implicit import declaration. 11883 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11884 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 11885 Loc, Mod, Loc); 11886 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 11887 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 11888 11889 // Make the module visible. 11890 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 11891 /*Complain=*/false); 11892} 11893 11894void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11895 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11896 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11897 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11898 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11899 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 11900 LookupOrdinaryName); 11901 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 11902 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 11903 11904 if (PrevDecl) 11905 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11906 else 11907 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11908 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11909} 11910 11911void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11912 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11913 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11914 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11915 11916 if (PrevDecl) { 11917 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11918 } else { 11919 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11920 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11921 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11922 } 11923} 11924 11925void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11926 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11927 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11928 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11929 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11930 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11931 LookupOrdinaryName); 11932 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11933 11934 if (PrevDecl) { 11935 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11936 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11937 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11938 } else { 11939 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11940 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11941 } 11942} 11943 11944Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11945 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11946} 11947 11948AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11949 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11950 return D->getAvailability(); 11951} 11952